Home | History | Annotate | Download | only in src
      1 /*
      2 ** 2001 September 15
      3 **
      4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
      5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
      6 **
      7 **    May you do good and not evil.
      8 **    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
      9 **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
     10 **
     11 *************************************************************************
     12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
     13 **
     14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
     15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
     16 ** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
     17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
     18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
     19 ** another is writing.
     20 */
     21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
     22 #include "sqliteInt.h"
     23 #include "wal.h"
     24 
     25 
     26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************
     27 **
     28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback
     29 ** journal.  These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL,
     30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF.
     31 **
     32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced
     33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF.
     34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS
     35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page.
     36 **
     37 ** Definition:  A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
     38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page:
     39 **
     40 **     (a)  The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
     41 **          the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
     42 **          synced.
     43 **
     44 **     (b)  The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
     45 **
     46 **     (c)  The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
     47 **          the database file at the start of the transaction.
     48 **
     49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
     50 **     following are true:
     51 **
     52 **     (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
     53 **
     54 **     (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
     55 **         transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
     56 **         number consists of a single page change.
     57 **
     58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
     59 **     both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
     60 **     and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
     61 **     transaction.
     62 **
     63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
     64 **     in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
     65 **
     66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
     67 **     an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
     68 **     first 100 bytes of the database file.
     69 **
     70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
     71 **     being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
     72 **
     73 ** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
     74 **     are synced prior to the master journal being deleted.
     75 **
     76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
     77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
     78 ** all queries.  Note in particular the the content of freelist leaf
     79 ** pages can be changed arbitarily without effecting the logical equivalence
     80 ** of the database.
     81 **
     82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
     83 **     of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the
     84 **     journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logical
     85 **     equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
     86 **
     87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
     88 **     is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
     89 **     the beginning of the transaction.  (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
     90 **     method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
     91 **     invoke it.)
     92 **
     93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
     94 **     of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
     95 **     the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
     96 **     database to flush their caches.
     97 **
     98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less
     99 **      than one billion transactions.
    100 **
    101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion
    102 **      of every transaction.
    103 **
    104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to
    105 **      the database file.
    106 **
    107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any
    108 **      content out of the database file.
    109 **
    110 ******************************************************************************/
    111 
    112 /*
    113 ** Macros for troubleshooting.  Normally turned off
    114 */
    115 #if 0
    116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
    117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
    118 #define PAGERTRACE(X)     if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; }
    119 #else
    120 #define PAGERTRACE(X)
    121 #endif
    122 
    123 /*
    124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
    125 ** to print out file-descriptors.
    126 **
    127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
    128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
    129 ** struct as its argument.
    130 */
    131 #define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd))
    132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd)
    133 
    134 /*
    135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A
    136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following
    137 ** state diagram.
    138 **
    139 **                            OPEN <------+------+
    140 **                              |         |      |
    141 **                              V         |      |
    142 **               +---------> READER-------+      |
    143 **               |              |                |
    144 **               |              V                |
    145 **               |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
    146 **               |              |                ^
    147 **               |              V                |
    148 **               |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
    149 **               |              |                |
    150 **               |              V                |
    151 **               |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->|
    152 **               |              |                |
    153 **               |              V                |
    154 **               +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+
    155 **
    156 **
    157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
    158 **
    159 **   OPEN              -> READER              [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
    160 **   READER            -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
    161 **
    162 **   READER            -> WRITER_LOCKED       [sqlite3PagerBegin]
    163 **   WRITER_LOCKED     -> WRITER_CACHEMOD     [pager_open_journal]
    164 **   WRITER_CACHEMOD   -> WRITER_DBMOD        [syncJournal]
    165 **   WRITER_DBMOD      -> WRITER_FINISHED     [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne]
    166 **   WRITER_***        -> READER              [pager_end_transaction]
    167 **
    168 **   WRITER_***        -> ERROR               [pager_error]
    169 **   ERROR             -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
    170 **
    171 **
    172 **  OPEN:
    173 **
    174 **    The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this
    175 **    state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is
    176 **    unknown. The database may not be read or written.
    177 **
    178 **    * No read or write transaction is active.
    179 **    * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file.
    180 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted.
    181 **
    182 **  READER:
    183 **
    184 **    In this state all the requirements for reading the database in
    185 **    rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
    186 **    was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is
    187 **    open. The database size is known in this state.
    188 **
    189 **    A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
    190 **    it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state
    191 **    OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection
    192 **    running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in
    193 **    this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
    194 **    a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
    195 **    is via the ERROR state (see below).
    196 **
    197 **    * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
    198 **    * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
    199 **    * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read
    200 **      transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
    201 **      may not be trusted at this point.
    202 **    * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
    203 **    * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that
    204 **      there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
    205 **
    206 **  WRITER_LOCKED:
    207 **
    208 **    The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
    209 **    is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks
    210 **    required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual
    211 **    modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
    212 **
    213 **    In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with
    214 **    BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
    215 **    moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened
    216 **    to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while
    217 **    in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database
    218 **    file.
    219 **
    220 **    IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
    221 **    If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt
    222 **    is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
    223 **
    224 **    * A write transaction is active.
    225 **    * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater
    226 **      lock is held on the database file.
    227 **    * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
    228 **      is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
    229 **      called).
    230 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid.
    231 **    * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified.
    232 **    * The journal file may or may not be open.
    233 **    * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal.
    234 **
    235 **  WRITER_CACHEMOD:
    236 **
    237 **    A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is
    238 **    first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file
    239 **    is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the
    240 **    start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified.
    241 **
    242 **    * A write transaction is active.
    243 **    * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
    244 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
    245 **      to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
    246 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
    247 **
    248 **  WRITER_DBMOD:
    249 **
    250 **    The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state
    251 **    when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections
    252 **    never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file,
    253 **    just the log file).
    254 **
    255 **    * A write transaction is active.
    256 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
    257 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
    258 **      and synced to disk.
    259 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
    260 **      written to disk).
    261 **
    262 **  WRITER_FINISHED:
    263 **
    264 **    It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state.
    265 **
    266 **    A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
    267 **    state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
    268 **    database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
    269 **    by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is
    270 **    not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper
    271 **    layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
    272 **
    273 **    * A write transaction is active.
    274 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
    275 **    * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
    276 **      If no error occured, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
    277 **      commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
    278 **      to rollback the transaction.
    279 **
    280 **  ERROR:
    281 **
    282 **    The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
    283 **    SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it
    284 **    difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents,
    285 **    db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
    286 **
    287 **    Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
    288 **    cannot.
    289 **
    290 **    For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback,
    291 **    the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
    292 **    At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
    293 **    (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
    294 **    report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if
    295 **    they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database
    296 **    file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state
    297 **    instead of READER following such an error.
    298 **
    299 **    Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
    300 **    to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all
    301 **    outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
    302 **    transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the
    303 **    page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
    304 **    is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed)
    305 **    when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
    306 **    the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered
    307 **    from the error.
    308 **
    309 **    Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
    310 **
    311 **      1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in
    312 **         function sqlite3PagerRollback().
    313 **
    314 **      2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file
    315 **         following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo().
    316 **
    317 **      3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or
    318 **         database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up
    319 **         memory.
    320 **
    321 **    In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
    322 **    layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition
    323 **    persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
    324 **
    325 **    Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
    326 **    statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
    327 **    code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
    328 **    automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
    329 **    read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent
    330 **    state.
    331 **
    332 **    * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
    333 **    * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
    334 **      last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
    335 **    * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
    336 **
    337 **
    338 ** Notes:
    339 **
    340 **   * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the
    341 **     connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one
    342 **     of the first four states.
    343 **
    344 **   * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
    345 **     state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
    346 **     been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are
    347 **     executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
    348 **
    349 **   * See also: assert_pager_state().
    350 */
    351 #define PAGER_OPEN                  0
    352 #define PAGER_READER                1
    353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED         2
    354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD       3
    355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD          4
    356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED       5
    357 #define PAGER_ERROR                 6
    358 
    359 /*
    360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the
    361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
    362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
    363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
    364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers.
    365 **
    366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY
    367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not
    368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and
    369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated
    370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the
    371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set
    372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
    373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
    374 **
    375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may
    376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
    377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
    378 **
    379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
    380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file
    381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of a OPEN->SHARED
    382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
    383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
    384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
    385 ** of hot-journal detection.
    386 **
    387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED
    388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may
    389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
    390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
    391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
    392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database
    393 ** without rolling it back.
    394 **
    395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the
    396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
    397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
    398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
    399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK
    400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
    401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
    402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
    403 **
    404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in
    405 ** PAGER_OPEN state.
    406 */
    407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK                (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)
    408 
    409 /*
    410 ** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
    411 */
    412 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
    413 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \
    414     if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; }
    415 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \
    416     if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \
    417     if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; }
    418 #else
    419 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E)   /* NO-OP */
    420 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D
    421 #endif
    422 
    423 /*
    424 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method
    425 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
    426 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
    427 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
    428 */
    429 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000
    430 
    431 /*
    432 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
    433 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
    434 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
    435 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
    436 **
    437 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
    438 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
    439 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset
    440 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
    441 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
    442 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
    443 */
    444 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint;
    445 struct PagerSavepoint {
    446   i64 iOffset;                 /* Starting offset in main journal */
    447   i64 iHdrOffset;              /* See above */
    448   Bitvec *pInSavepoint;        /* Set of pages in this savepoint */
    449   Pgno nOrig;                  /* Original number of pages in file */
    450   Pgno iSubRec;                /* Index of first record in sub-journal */
    451 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
    452   u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA];        /* WAL savepoint context */
    453 #endif
    454 };
    455 
    456 /*
    457 ** A open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of
    458 ** some of the more important member variables follows:
    459 **
    460 ** eState
    461 **
    462 **   The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state
    463 **   diagram above for a description of the pager state.
    464 **
    465 ** eLock
    466 **
    467 **   For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file -
    468 **   NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
    469 **
    470 **   For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any
    471 **   locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such
    472 **   databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager
    473 **   logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever
    474 **   need (and no reason to release them).
    475 **
    476 **   In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to
    477 **   UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for
    478 **   details.
    479 **
    480 ** changeCountDone
    481 **
    482 **   This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter
    483 **   (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is
    484 **   not updated more often than necessary.
    485 **
    486 **   It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which
    487 **   can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
    488 **   It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is
    489 **   relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
    490 **   The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
    491 **   updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
    492 **
    493 **   This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection
    494 **   need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
    495 **   committed.
    496 **
    497 ** setMaster
    498 **
    499 **   When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
    500 **   (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the
    501 **   journal file before it is synced to disk.
    502 **
    503 **   Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects
    504 **   the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is
    505 **   committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
    506 **   If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is
    507 **   finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
    508 **   it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized
    509 **   by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were
    510 **   running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
    511 **
    512 **   Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized
    513 **   simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the
    514 **   master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
    515 **   subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file.
    516 **
    517 **   The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either
    518 **   by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the
    519 **   journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag
    520 **   is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state).
    521 **
    522 ** doNotSpill, doNotSyncSpill
    523 **
    524 **   These two boolean variables control the behaviour of cache-spills
    525 **   (calls made by the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to
    526 **   write cached data to the file-system in order to free up memory).
    527 **
    528 **   When doNotSpill is non-zero, writing to the database from pagerStress()
    529 **   is disabled altogether. This is done in a very obscure case that
    530 **   comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module
    531 **   to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
    532 **   while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback().
    533 **
    534 **   If doNotSyncSpill is non-zero, writing to the database from pagerStress()
    535 **   is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not. This flag is set
    536 **   by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size is larger than
    537 **   the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync from happening
    538 **   in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector.
    539 **
    540 ** subjInMemory
    541 **
    542 **   This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal
    543 **   is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
    544 **   sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
    545 **
    546 **   This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new
    547 **   write-transaction is opened.
    548 **
    549 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
    550 **
    551 **   Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
    552 **   It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
    553 **   OPEN and ERROR).
    554 **
    555 **   dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be
    556 **   larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
    557 **   28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
    558 **   is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
    559 **   dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2).
    560 **   Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered
    561 **   to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads
    562 **   to dbSize==1).
    563 **
    564 **   During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
    565 **   dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
    566 **   Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(),
    567 **   dbSize is updated.
    568 **
    569 **   Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states
    570 **   PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
    571 **   variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
    572 **   and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
    573 **   being modified.
    574 **
    575 **   Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
    576 **   the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
    577 **   write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
    578 **   to write or truncate the database file on disk.
    579 **
    580 **   The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress
    581 **   unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If,
    582 **   when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates
    583 **   that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize),
    584 **   pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
    585 **   to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
    586 **   dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
    587 **   pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be
    588 **   a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case,
    589 **   pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger.
    590 **
    591 ** dbHintSize
    592 **
    593 **   The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
    594 **   the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method.
    595 **
    596 **   dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
    597 **   write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
    598 **   dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
    599 **   dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
    600 **   size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for
    601 **   details.
    602 **
    603 ** errCode
    604 **
    605 **   The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
    606 **   is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode
    607 **   is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX
    608 **   sub-codes.
    609 */
    610 struct Pager {
    611   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;          /* OS functions to use for IO */
    612   u8 exclusiveMode;           /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
    613   u8 journalMode;             /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
    614   u8 useJournal;              /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
    615   u8 noReadlock;              /* Do not bother to obtain readlocks */
    616   u8 noSync;                  /* Do not sync the journal if true */
    617   u8 fullSync;                /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
    618   u8 ckptSyncFlags;           /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for checkpoint */
    619   u8 syncFlags;               /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */
    620   u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary file */
    621   u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
    622   u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
    623 
    624   /**************************************************************************
    625   ** The following block contains those class members that change during
    626   ** routine opertion.  Class members not in this block are either fixed
    627   ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
    628   ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
    629   ** or the journal_mode).  From another view, these class members describe
    630   ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the
    631   ** "configuration" of the pager.
    632   */
    633   u8 eState;                  /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
    634   u8 eLock;                   /* Current lock held on database file */
    635   u8 changeCountDone;         /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
    636   u8 setMaster;               /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
    637   u8 doNotSpill;              /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */
    638   u8 doNotSyncSpill;          /* Do not do a spill that requires jrnl sync */
    639   u8 subjInMemory;            /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
    640   Pgno dbSize;                /* Number of pages in the database */
    641   Pgno dbOrigSize;            /* dbSize before the current transaction */
    642   Pgno dbFileSize;            /* Number of pages in the database file */
    643   Pgno dbHintSize;            /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */
    644   int errCode;                /* One of several kinds of errors */
    645   int nRec;                   /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
    646   u32 cksumInit;              /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
    647   u32 nSubRec;                /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
    648   Bitvec *pInJournal;         /* One bit for each page in the database file */
    649   sqlite3_file *fd;           /* File descriptor for database */
    650   sqlite3_file *jfd;          /* File descriptor for main journal */
    651   sqlite3_file *sjfd;         /* File descriptor for sub-journal */
    652   i64 journalOff;             /* Current write offset in the journal file */
    653   i64 journalHdr;             /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
    654   sqlite3_backup *pBackup;    /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
    655   PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */
    656   int nSavepoint;             /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */
    657   char dbFileVers[16];        /* Changes whenever database file changes */
    658   /*
    659   ** End of the routinely-changing class members
    660   ***************************************************************************/
    661 
    662   u16 nExtra;                 /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
    663   i16 nReserve;               /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */
    664   u32 vfsFlags;               /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
    665   u32 sectorSize;             /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
    666   int pageSize;               /* Number of bytes in a page */
    667   Pgno mxPgno;                /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
    668   i64 journalSizeLimit;       /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
    669   char *zFilename;            /* Name of the database file */
    670   char *zJournal;             /* Name of the journal file */
    671   int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
    672   void *pBusyHandlerArg;      /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
    673 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
    674   int nHit, nMiss;            /* Cache hits and missing */
    675   int nRead, nWrite;          /* Database pages read/written */
    676 #endif
    677   void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
    678 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
    679   void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
    680   void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */
    681   void (*xCodecFree)(void*);             /* Destructor for the codec */
    682   void *pCodec;               /* First argument to xCodec... methods */
    683 #endif
    684   char *pTmpSpace;            /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
    685   PCache *pPCache;            /* Pointer to page cache object */
    686 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
    687   Wal *pWal;                  /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */
    688   char *zWal;                 /* File name for write-ahead log */
    689 #endif
    690 };
    691 
    692 /*
    693 ** The following global variables hold counters used for
    694 ** testing purposes only.  These variables do not exist in
    695 ** a non-testing build.  These variables are not thread-safe.
    696 */
    697 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
    698 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0;    /* Number of full pages read from DB */
    699 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0;   /* Number of full pages written to DB */
    700 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0;    /* Number of pages written to journal */
    701 # define PAGER_INCR(v)  v++
    702 #else
    703 # define PAGER_INCR(v)
    704 #endif
    705 
    706 
    707 
    708 /*
    709 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string.  The data
    710 ** was obtained from /dev/random.  It is used only as a sanity check.
    711 **
    712 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
    713 ** checking information.  If the power fails while the journal is being
    714 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
    715 ** file after power is restored.  If an attempt is then made
    716 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted.  The additional
    717 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
    718 ** journal and ignore it.
    719 **
    720 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
    721 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data.  The checksum covers both
    722 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
    723 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
    724 ** journal file right after the header.  The random initializer is important,
    725 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
    726 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted.  If the
    727 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
    728 ** be correct.  But by initializing the checksum to random value which
    729 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
    730 */
    731 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
    732   0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
    733 };
    734 
    735 /*
    736 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by
    737 ** the following macro.
    738 */
    739 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)  ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
    740 
    741 /*
    742 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same
    743 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
    744 */
    745 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
    746 
    747 /*
    748 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
    749 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
    750 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
    751 ** out code that would never execute.
    752 */
    753 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
    754 # define MEMDB 0
    755 #else
    756 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb
    757 #endif
    758 
    759 /*
    760 ** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1).
    761 */
    762 #define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647
    763 
    764 /*
    765 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
    766 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
    767 **
    768 ** This is so that expressions can be written as:
    769 **
    770 **   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
    771 **
    772 ** instead of
    773 **
    774 **   if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
    775 */
    776 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods)
    777 
    778 /*
    779 ** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log instead of the usual
    780 ** rollback journal. Otherwise false.
    781 */
    782 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
    783 static int pagerUseWal(Pager *pPager){
    784   return (pPager->pWal!=0);
    785 }
    786 #else
    787 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0
    788 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
    789 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y,z) 0
    790 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
    791 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
    792 #endif
    793 
    794 /* Begin preload-cache.patch for Chromium */
    795 /* See comments above the definition. */
    796 int sqlite3PagerAcquire2(
    797   Pager *pPager,
    798   Pgno pgno,
    799   DbPage **ppPage,
    800   int noContent,
    801   unsigned char *pDataToFill);
    802 /* End preload-cache.patch for Chromium */
    803 
    804 #ifndef NDEBUG
    805 /*
    806 ** Usage:
    807 **
    808 **   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
    809 **
    810 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in
    811 ** the internal state of the Pager object.
    812 */
    813 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
    814   Pager *pPager = p;
    815 
    816   /* State must be valid. */
    817   assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN
    818        || p->eState==PAGER_READER
    819        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
    820        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
    821        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
    822        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
    823        || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR
    824   );
    825 
    826   /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves
    827   ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates
    828   ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set.
    829   */
    830   assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
    831   assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );
    832 
    833   /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF".
    834   ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
    835   */
    836   assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal );
    837   assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) );
    838 
    839   /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since
    840   ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter
    841   ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing
    842   ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may
    843   ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It
    844   ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR
    845   ** state.
    846   */
    847   if( MEMDB ){
    848     assert( p->noSync );
    849     assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
    850          || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
    851     );
    852     assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );
    853     assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 );
    854   }
    855 
    856   /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held
    857   ** on the file.
    858   */
    859   assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
    860   assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
    861 
    862   switch( p->eState ){
    863     case PAGER_OPEN:
    864       assert( !MEMDB );
    865       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
    866       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile );
    867       break;
    868 
    869     case PAGER_READER:
    870       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
    871       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
    872       assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK || p->noReadlock );
    873       break;
    874 
    875     case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED:
    876       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
    877       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
    878       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
    879         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
    880       }
    881       assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize );
    882       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
    883       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
    884       assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
    885       break;
    886 
    887     case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD:
    888       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
    889       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
    890       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
    891         /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the
    892         ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during
    893         ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off
    894         ** to journal_mode=wal.
    895         */
    896         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
    897         assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
    898              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
    899              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
    900         );
    901       }
    902       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
    903       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
    904       break;
    905 
    906     case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD:
    907       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
    908       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
    909       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
    910       assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
    911       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
    912            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
    913            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
    914       );
    915       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize );
    916       break;
    917 
    918     case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED:
    919       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
    920       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
    921       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
    922       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
    923            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
    924            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
    925       );
    926       break;
    927 
    928     case PAGER_ERROR:
    929       /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if
    930       ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped
    931       ** back to OPEN state.
    932       */
    933       assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
    934       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 );
    935       break;
    936   }
    937 
    938   return 1;
    939 }
    940 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */
    941 
    942 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
    943 /*
    944 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
    945 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
    946 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative
    947 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb:
    948 **
    949 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager)
    950 */
    951 static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){
    952   static char zRet[1024];
    953 
    954   sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet,
    955       "Filename:      %s\n"
    956       "State:         %s errCode=%d\n"
    957       "Lock:          %s\n"
    958       "Locking mode:  locking_mode=%s\n"
    959       "Journal mode:  journal_mode=%s\n"
    960       "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n"
    961       "Journal:       journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n"
    962       "Size:          dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n"
    963       , p->zFilename
    964       , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN            ? "OPEN" :
    965         p->eState==PAGER_READER          ? "READER" :
    966         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED   ? "WRITER_LOCKED" :
    967         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" :
    968         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD    ? "WRITER_DBMOD" :
    969         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" :
    970         p->eState==PAGER_ERROR           ? "ERROR" : "?error?"
    971       , (int)p->errCode
    972       , p->eLock==NO_LOCK         ? "NO_LOCK" :
    973         p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK   ? "RESERVED" :
    974         p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  ? "EXCLUSIVE" :
    975         p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK     ? "SHARED" :
    976         p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK    ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?"
    977       , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal"
    978       , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   ? "memory" :
    979         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      ? "off" :
    980         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   ? "delete" :
    981         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  ? "persist" :
    982         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" :
    983         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      ? "wal" : "?error?"
    984       , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal
    985       , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr
    986       , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize
    987   );
    988 
    989   return zRet;
    990 }
    991 #endif
    992 
    993 /*
    994 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal.
    995 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one
    996 ** or more open savepoints for which:
    997 **
    998 **   * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and
    999 **   * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in
   1000 **     PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint.
   1001 */
   1002 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){
   1003   Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;
   1004   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
   1005   int i;
   1006   for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
   1007     PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i];
   1008     if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTest(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){
   1009       return 1;
   1010     }
   1011   }
   1012   return 0;
   1013 }
   1014 
   1015 /*
   1016 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file.
   1017 */
   1018 static int pageInJournal(PgHdr *pPg){
   1019   return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPg->pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
   1020 }
   1021 
   1022 /*
   1023 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor.  Store the integer
   1024 ** that is read in *pRes.  Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
   1025 ** error code is something goes wrong.
   1026 **
   1027 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
   1028 */
   1029 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){
   1030   unsigned char ac[4];
   1031   int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset);
   1032   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   1033     *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac);
   1034   }
   1035   return rc;
   1036 }
   1037 
   1038 /*
   1039 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
   1040 */
   1041 #define put32bits(A,B)  sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
   1042 
   1043 
   1044 /*
   1045 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor.  Return SQLITE_OK
   1046 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
   1047 */
   1048 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){
   1049   char ac[4];
   1050   put32bits(ac, val);
   1051   return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset);
   1052 }
   1053 
   1054 /*
   1055 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK
   1056 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock()
   1057 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
   1058 **
   1059 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
   1060 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of
   1061 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
   1062 */
   1063 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
   1064   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   1065 
   1066   assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock );
   1067   assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK );
   1068   assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
   1069   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
   1070     assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock );
   1071     rc = sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock);
   1072     if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
   1073       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
   1074     }
   1075     IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
   1076   }
   1077   return rc;
   1078 }
   1079 
   1080 /*
   1081 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
   1082 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
   1083 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state.
   1084 **
   1085 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
   1086 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
   1087 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation
   1088 ** of this.
   1089 */
   1090 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
   1091   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   1092 
   1093   assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
   1094   if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
   1095     rc = sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock);
   1096     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){
   1097       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
   1098       IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
   1099     }
   1100   }
   1101   return rc;
   1102 }
   1103 
   1104 /*
   1105 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization
   1106 ** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if:
   1107 **
   1108 **  (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
   1109 **      a database page may be written atomically, and
   1110 **  (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
   1111 **      to the page size.
   1112 **
   1113 ** The optimization is also always enabled for temporary files. It is
   1114 ** an error to call this function if pPager is opened on an in-memory
   1115 ** database.
   1116 **
   1117 ** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used,
   1118 ** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it
   1119 ** contains rollback data for exactly one page.
   1120 */
   1121 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
   1122 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){
   1123   assert( !MEMDB );
   1124   if( !pPager->tempFile ){
   1125     int dc;                           /* Device characteristics */
   1126     int nSector;                      /* Sector size */
   1127     int szPage;                       /* Page size */
   1128 
   1129     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
   1130     dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
   1131     nSector = pPager->sectorSize;
   1132     szPage = pPager->pageSize;
   1133 
   1134     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
   1135     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
   1136     if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){
   1137       return 0;
   1138     }
   1139   }
   1140 
   1141   return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
   1142 }
   1143 #endif
   1144 
   1145 /*
   1146 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
   1147 ** on the cache using a hash function.  This is used for testing
   1148 ** and debugging only.
   1149 */
   1150 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
   1151 /*
   1152 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
   1153 */
   1154 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){
   1155   u32 hash = 0;
   1156   int i;
   1157   for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){
   1158     hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i];
   1159   }
   1160   return hash;
   1161 }
   1162 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
   1163   return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData);
   1164 }
   1165 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
   1166   pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage);
   1167 }
   1168 
   1169 /*
   1170 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
   1171 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
   1172 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
   1173 */
   1174 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
   1175 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
   1176   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
   1177   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
   1178   assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
   1179 }
   1180 
   1181 #else
   1182 #define pager_datahash(X,Y)  0
   1183 #define pager_pagehash(X)  0
   1184 #define pager_set_pagehash(X)
   1185 #define CHECK_PAGE(x)
   1186 #endif  /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */
   1187 
   1188 /*
   1189 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
   1190 ** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the
   1191 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied
   1192 ** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format
   1193 ** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file.
   1194 **
   1195 ** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by
   1196 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
   1197 ** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal
   1198 ** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a
   1199 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name
   1200 ** were present in the journal.
   1201 **
   1202 ** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal
   1203 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A
   1204 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master
   1205 ** journal file name.
   1206 **
   1207 ** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present
   1208 ** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
   1209 **
   1210 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
   1211 ** error code is returned.
   1212 */
   1213 static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){
   1214   int rc;                    /* Return code */
   1215   u32 len;                   /* Length in bytes of master journal name */
   1216   i64 szJ;                   /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
   1217   u32 cksum;                 /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
   1218   u32 u;                     /* Unsigned loop counter */
   1219   unsigned char aMagic[8];   /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
   1220   zMaster[0] = '\0';
   1221 
   1222   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ))
   1223    || szJ<16
   1224    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len))
   1225    || len>=nMaster
   1226    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum))
   1227    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8))
   1228    || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8)
   1229    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len))
   1230   ){
   1231     return rc;
   1232   }
   1233 
   1234   /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
   1235   for(u=0; u<len; u++){
   1236     cksum -= zMaster[u];
   1237   }
   1238   if( cksum ){
   1239     /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
   1240     ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means
   1241     ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
   1242     ** master-journal filename.
   1243     */
   1244     len = 0;
   1245   }
   1246   zMaster[len] = '\0';
   1247 
   1248   return SQLITE_OK;
   1249 }
   1250 
   1251 /*
   1252 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately
   1253 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector
   1254 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
   1255 **
   1256 ** i.e for a sector size of 512:
   1257 **
   1258 **   Pager.journalOff          Return value
   1259 **   ---------------------------------------
   1260 **   0                         0
   1261 **   512                       512
   1262 **   100                       512
   1263 **   2000                      2048
   1264 **
   1265 */
   1266 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){
   1267   i64 offset = 0;
   1268   i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
   1269   if( c ){
   1270     offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
   1271   }
   1272   assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
   1273   assert( offset>=c );
   1274   assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
   1275   return offset;
   1276 }
   1277 
   1278 /*
   1279 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called.
   1280 **
   1281 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to
   1282 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0).
   1283 **
   1284 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
   1285 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
   1286 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case,
   1287 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately
   1288 ** after writing or truncating it.
   1289 **
   1290 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
   1291 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the
   1292 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
   1293 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
   1294 ** not need to be synced following this operation.
   1295 **
   1296 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code.
   1297 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK.
   1298 */
   1299 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){
   1300   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                               /* Return code */
   1301   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
   1302   if( pPager->journalOff ){
   1303     const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit;    /* Local cache of jsl */
   1304 
   1305     IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager))
   1306     if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){
   1307       rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
   1308     }else{
   1309       static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0};
   1310       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0);
   1311     }
   1312     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
   1313       rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags);
   1314     }
   1315 
   1316     /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock
   1317     ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for
   1318     ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
   1319     ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
   1320     ** to sync the file following this operation.
   1321     */
   1322     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){
   1323       i64 sz;
   1324       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz);
   1325       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){
   1326         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit);
   1327       }
   1328     }
   1329   }
   1330   return rc;
   1331 }
   1332 
   1333 /*
   1334 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
   1335 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
   1336 ** current location.
   1337 **
   1338 ** The format for the journal header is as follows:
   1339 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
   1340 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
   1341 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
   1342 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
   1343 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
   1344 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
   1345 **
   1346 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
   1347 */
   1348 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
   1349   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                 /* Return code */
   1350   char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace;  /* Temporary space used to build header */
   1351   u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
   1352   u32 nWrite;                         /* Bytes of header sector written */
   1353   int ii;                             /* Loop counter */
   1354 
   1355   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
   1356 
   1357   if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
   1358     nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
   1359   }
   1360 
   1361   /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created
   1362   ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the
   1363   ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
   1364   */
   1365   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
   1366     if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){
   1367       pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff;
   1368     }
   1369   }
   1370 
   1371   pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
   1372 
   1373   /*
   1374   ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
   1375   ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
   1376   ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced,
   1377   ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
   1378   ** of records (see syncJournal()).
   1379   **
   1380   ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
   1381   ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
   1382   ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
   1383   ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal
   1384   ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
   1385   ** where this risk can be ignored:
   1386   **
   1387   **   * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
   1388   **     power failure in this case anyway.
   1389   **
   1390   **   * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
   1391   **     that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
   1392   */
   1393   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
   1394   if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
   1395    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND)
   1396   ){
   1397     memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
   1398     put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
   1399   }else{
   1400     memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4);
   1401   }
   1402 
   1403   /* The random check-hash initialiser */
   1404   sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
   1405   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
   1406   /* The initial database size */
   1407   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize);
   1408   /* The assumed sector size for this process */
   1409   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize);
   1410 
   1411   /* The page size */
   1412   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize);
   1413 
   1414   /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary.  Everything
   1415   ** works find if the following memset() is omitted.  But initializing
   1416   ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to
   1417   ** take the performance hit.
   1418   */
   1419   memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0,
   1420          nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20));
   1421 
   1422   /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the
   1423   ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the
   1424   ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next
   1425   ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
   1426   ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
   1427   **
   1428   ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can
   1429   ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
   1430   ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of
   1431   ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
   1432   ** is done.
   1433   **
   1434   ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the
   1435   ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
   1436   ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
   1437   ** to populate the entire journal header sector.
   1438   */
   1439   for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
   1440     IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
   1441     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
   1442     assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
   1443     pPager->journalOff += nHeader;
   1444   }
   1445 
   1446   return rc;
   1447 }
   1448 
   1449 /*
   1450 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
   1451 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
   1452 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by
   1453 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for
   1454 ** a description of the journal header format.
   1455 **
   1456 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of
   1457 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the
   1458 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
   1459 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
   1460 ** in this case.
   1461 **
   1462 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
   1463 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined.  If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
   1464 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
   1465 */
   1466 static int readJournalHdr(
   1467   Pager *pPager,               /* Pager object */
   1468   int isHot,
   1469   i64 journalSize,             /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */
   1470   u32 *pNRec,                  /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */
   1471   u32 *pDbSize                 /* OUT: Value of original database size field */
   1472 ){
   1473   int rc;                      /* Return code */
   1474   unsigned char aMagic[8];     /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
   1475   i64 iHdrOff;                 /* Offset of journal header being read */
   1476 
   1477   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
   1478 
   1479   /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the
   1480   ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this
   1481   ** point, return SQLITE_DONE.
   1482   */
   1483   pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
   1484   if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
   1485     return SQLITE_DONE;
   1486   }
   1487   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
   1488 
   1489   /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match
   1490   ** the  magic string found at the start of each journal header, return
   1491   ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise,
   1492   ** proceed.
   1493   */
   1494   if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){
   1495     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff);
   1496     if( rc ){
   1497       return rc;
   1498     }
   1499     if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
   1500       return SQLITE_DONE;
   1501     }
   1502   }
   1503 
   1504   /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec
   1505   ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start
   1506   ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong.
   1507   */
   1508   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec))
   1509    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit))
   1510    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize))
   1511   ){
   1512     return rc;
   1513   }
   1514 
   1515   if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
   1516     u32 iPageSize;               /* Page-size field of journal header */
   1517     u32 iSectorSize;             /* Sector-size field of journal header */
   1518 
   1519     /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
   1520     if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize))
   1521      || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize))
   1522     ){
   1523       return rc;
   1524     }
   1525 
   1526     /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the
   1527     ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize
   1528     ** variable is already set to the correct page size.
   1529     */
   1530     if( iPageSize==0 ){
   1531       iPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
   1532     }
   1533 
   1534     /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
   1535     ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
   1536     ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their
   1537     ** respective compile time maximum limits.
   1538     */
   1539     if( iPageSize<512                  || iSectorSize<32
   1540      || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
   1541      || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0   || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0
   1542     ){
   1543       /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is
   1544       ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have
   1545       ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading
   1546       ** the journal file here.
   1547       */
   1548       return SQLITE_DONE;
   1549     }
   1550 
   1551     /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal.
   1552     ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within
   1553     ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
   1554     */
   1555     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1);
   1556     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
   1557 
   1558     /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by
   1559     ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
   1560     ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
   1561     ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
   1562     ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
   1563     */
   1564     pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize;
   1565   }
   1566 
   1567   pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
   1568   return rc;
   1569 }
   1570 
   1571 
   1572 /*
   1573 ** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager
   1574 ** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last
   1575 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
   1576 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
   1577 ** anything is written. The format is:
   1578 **
   1579 **   + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
   1580 **   + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8.
   1581 **   + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
   1582 **   + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum.
   1583 **   + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
   1584 **
   1585 ** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
   1586 ** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
   1587 **
   1588 ** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction),
   1589 ** this call is a no-op.
   1590 */
   1591 static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
   1592   int rc;                          /* Return code */
   1593   int nMaster;                     /* Length of string zMaster */
   1594   i64 iHdrOff;                     /* Offset of header in journal file */
   1595   i64 jrnlSize;                    /* Size of journal file on disk */
   1596   u32 cksum = 0;                   /* Checksum of string zMaster */
   1597 
   1598   assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
   1599   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
   1600 
   1601   if( !zMaster
   1602    || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
   1603    || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
   1604   ){
   1605     return SQLITE_OK;
   1606   }
   1607   pPager->setMaster = 1;
   1608   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
   1609   assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
   1610 
   1611   /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */
   1612   for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){
   1613     cksum += zMaster[nMaster];
   1614   }
   1615 
   1616   /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
   1617   ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
   1618   ** the journal has already been synced.
   1619   */
   1620   if( pPager->fullSync ){
   1621     pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
   1622   }
   1623   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
   1624 
   1625   /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If
   1626   ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
   1627   */
   1628   if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager))))
   1629    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4)))
   1630    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster)))
   1631    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum)))
   1632    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8)))
   1633   ){
   1634     return rc;
   1635   }
   1636   pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20);
   1637 
   1638   /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical
   1639   ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name
   1640   ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is
   1641   ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
   1642   ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine
   1643   ** whether or not the journal is hot.
   1644   **
   1645   ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal
   1646   ** file to the required size.
   1647   */
   1648   if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))
   1649    && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
   1650   ){
   1651     rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
   1652   }
   1653   return rc;
   1654 }
   1655 
   1656 /*
   1657 ** Find a page in the hash table given its page number. Return
   1658 ** a pointer to the page or NULL if the requested page is not
   1659 ** already in memory.
   1660 */
   1661 static PgHdr *pager_lookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
   1662   PgHdr *p;                         /* Return value */
   1663 
   1664   /* It is not possible for a call to PcacheFetch() with createFlag==0 to
   1665   ** fail, since no attempt to allocate dynamic memory will be made.
   1666   */
   1667   (void)sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &p);
   1668   return p;
   1669 }
   1670 
   1671 /*
   1672 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
   1673 */
   1674 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
   1675   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
   1676   sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
   1677 }
   1678 
   1679 /*
   1680 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
   1681 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
   1682 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
   1683 */
   1684 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){
   1685   int ii;               /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
   1686   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
   1687     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
   1688   }
   1689   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){
   1690     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd);
   1691   }
   1692   sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint);
   1693   pPager->aSavepoint = 0;
   1694   pPager->nSavepoint = 0;
   1695   pPager->nSubRec = 0;
   1696 }
   1697 
   1698 /*
   1699 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint
   1700 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
   1701 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
   1702 */
   1703 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
   1704   int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
   1705   int rc = SQLITE_OK;       /* Result code */
   1706 
   1707   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
   1708     PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii];
   1709     if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){
   1710       rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno);
   1711       testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
   1712       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
   1713     }
   1714   }
   1715   return rc;
   1716 }
   1717 
   1718 /*
   1719 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not
   1720 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN
   1721 ** state.
   1722 **
   1723 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is
   1724 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does
   1725 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
   1726 ** closed (if it is open).
   1727 **
   1728 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the
   1729 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to
   1730 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
   1731 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
   1732 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
   1733 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection).
   1734 */
   1735 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
   1736 
   1737   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER
   1738        || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN
   1739        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
   1740   );
   1741 
   1742   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
   1743   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
   1744   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
   1745 
   1746   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
   1747     assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
   1748     sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
   1749     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
   1750   }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
   1751     int rc;                       /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */
   1752     int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0;
   1753 
   1754     /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then
   1755     ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock.  Otherwise
   1756     ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file
   1757     ** out from under us.
   1758     */
   1759     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   & 5)!=1 );
   1760     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      & 5)!=1 );
   1761     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      & 5)!=1 );
   1762     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   & 5)!=1 );
   1763     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
   1764     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  & 5)==1 );
   1765     if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN)
   1766      || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5)
   1767     ){
   1768       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
   1769     }
   1770 
   1771     /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database
   1772     ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment
   1773     ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this
   1774     ** is necessary.
   1775     */
   1776     rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK);
   1777     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){
   1778       pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK;
   1779     }
   1780 
   1781     /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here
   1782     ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error
   1783     ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below.
   1784     */
   1785     assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
   1786     pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
   1787     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
   1788   }
   1789 
   1790   /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
   1791   ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager,
   1792   ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both
   1793   ** normal and exclusive-locking mode.
   1794   */
   1795   if( pPager->errCode ){
   1796     assert( !MEMDB );
   1797     pager_reset(pPager);
   1798     pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
   1799     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
   1800     pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
   1801   }
   1802 
   1803   pPager->journalOff = 0;
   1804   pPager->journalHdr = 0;
   1805   pPager->setMaster = 0;
   1806 }
   1807 
   1808 /*
   1809 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
   1810 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred.
   1811 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second
   1812 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The
   1813 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function.
   1814 **
   1815 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
   1816 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
   1817 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
   1818 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
   1819 **
   1820 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache
   1821 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding
   1822 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
   1823 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
   1824 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
   1825 ** it were a hot-journal).
   1826 */
   1827 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
   1828   int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
   1829   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
   1830   assert(
   1831        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL ||
   1832        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ||
   1833        (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
   1834   );
   1835   if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){
   1836     pPager->errCode = rc;
   1837     pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
   1838   }
   1839   return rc;
   1840 }
   1841 
   1842 /*
   1843 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by
   1844 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called
   1845 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
   1846 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
   1847 ** database transaction.
   1848 **
   1849 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
   1850 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
   1851 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
   1852 **
   1853 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
   1854 **
   1855 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal
   1856 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a
   1857 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
   1858 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
   1859 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
   1860 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
   1861 **
   1862 **   journalMode==MEMORY
   1863 **     Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an
   1864 **     in-memory journal.
   1865 **
   1866 **   journalMode==TRUNCATE
   1867 **     Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size.
   1868 **
   1869 **   journalMode==PERSIST
   1870 **     The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates
   1871 **     the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal
   1872 **     file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back.
   1873 **
   1874 **   journalMode==DELETE
   1875 **     The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete().
   1876 **
   1877 **     If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing
   1878 **     the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is
   1879 **     DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
   1880 **     journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
   1881 **
   1882 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
   1883 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is
   1884 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
   1885 **
   1886 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
   1887 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
   1888 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the
   1889 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
   1890 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
   1891 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
   1892 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
   1893 ** returned.
   1894 */
   1895 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster){
   1896   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
   1897   int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;     /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
   1898 
   1899   /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction
   1900   ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there
   1901   ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is
   1902   ** held under two circumstances:
   1903   **
   1904   **   1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
   1905   **      eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
   1906   **
   1907   **   2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE
   1908   **      lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
   1909   **      read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER
   1910   **      and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
   1911   */
   1912   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
   1913   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
   1914   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){
   1915     return SQLITE_OK;
   1916   }
   1917 
   1918   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
   1919   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 );
   1920   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
   1921     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
   1922 
   1923     /* Finalize the journal file. */
   1924     if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->jfd) ){
   1925       assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
   1926       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
   1927     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){
   1928       if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
   1929         rc = SQLITE_OK;
   1930       }else{
   1931         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
   1932       }
   1933       pPager->journalOff = 0;
   1934     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
   1935       || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
   1936     ){
   1937       rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster);
   1938       pPager->journalOff = 0;
   1939     }else{
   1940       /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
   1941       ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
   1942       ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
   1943       ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal.
   1944       */
   1945       assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
   1946            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
   1947            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
   1948       );
   1949       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
   1950       if( !pPager->tempFile ){
   1951         rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
   1952       }
   1953     }
   1954   }
   1955 
   1956 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
   1957   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
   1958   if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
   1959     PgHdr *p = pager_lookup(pPager, 1);
   1960     if( p ){
   1961       p->pageHash = 0;
   1962       sqlite3PagerUnref(p);
   1963     }
   1964   }
   1965 #endif
   1966 
   1967   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
   1968   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
   1969   pPager->nRec = 0;
   1970   sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
   1971   sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize);
   1972 
   1973   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
   1974     /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in
   1975     ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE
   1976     ** lock held on the database file.
   1977     */
   1978     rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
   1979     assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
   1980   }
   1981   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode
   1982    && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0))
   1983   ){
   1984     rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
   1985     pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
   1986   }
   1987   pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
   1988   pPager->setMaster = 0;
   1989 
   1990   return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
   1991 }
   1992 
   1993 /*
   1994 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the
   1995 ** database file.
   1996 **
   1997 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt
   1998 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
   1999 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
   2000 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this
   2001 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next
   2002 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one)
   2003 ** will roll it back.
   2004 **
   2005 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
   2006 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause
   2007 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
   2008 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
   2009 */
   2010 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){
   2011   if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){
   2012     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
   2013     if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
   2014       sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
   2015       sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
   2016       sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
   2017     }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
   2018       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
   2019       pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0);
   2020     }
   2021   }
   2022   pager_unlock(pPager);
   2023 }
   2024 
   2025 /*
   2026 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
   2027 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the
   2028 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
   2029 **
   2030 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the
   2031 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
   2032 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
   2033 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
   2034 **
   2035 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
   2036 ** incompatible journal file format.
   2037 **
   2038 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely
   2039 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.
   2040 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
   2041 ** correct and the middle be corrupt.  Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
   2042 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
   2043 */
   2044 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
   2045   u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit;         /* Checksum value to return */
   2046   int i = pPager->pageSize-200;          /* Loop counter */
   2047   while( i>0 ){
   2048     cksum += aData[i];
   2049     i -= 200;
   2050   }
   2051   return cksum;
   2052 }
   2053 
   2054 /*
   2055 ** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back
   2056 ** to the codec.
   2057 */
   2058 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
   2059 static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){
   2060   if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){
   2061     pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize,
   2062                            (int)pPager->nReserve);
   2063   }
   2064 }
   2065 #else
   2066 # define pagerReportSize(X)     /* No-op if we do not support a codec */
   2067 #endif
   2068 
   2069 /*
   2070 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
   2071 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
   2072 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
   2073 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
   2074 **
   2075 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does
   2076 ** not.
   2077 **
   2078 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
   2079 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is
   2080 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned.
   2081 **
   2082 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already
   2083 ** been played back.  If the page at *pOffset has already been played back
   2084 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback.
   2085 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set
   2086 ** prior to returning.
   2087 **
   2088 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file
   2089 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs
   2090 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing
   2091 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data
   2092 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
   2093 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
   2094 ** two circumstances:
   2095 **
   2096 **   * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or
   2097 **   * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
   2098 **     and the checksum field does not match the record content.
   2099 **
   2100 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback.
   2101 **
   2102 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically
   2103 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails,
   2104 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
   2105 */
   2106 static int pager_playback_one_page(
   2107   Pager *pPager,                /* The pager being played back */
   2108   i64 *pOffset,                 /* Offset of record to playback */
   2109   Bitvec *pDone,                /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
   2110   int isMainJrnl,               /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
   2111   int isSavepnt                 /* True for a savepoint rollback */
   2112 ){
   2113   int rc;
   2114   PgHdr *pPg;                   /* An existing page in the cache */
   2115   Pgno pgno;                    /* The page number of a page in journal */
   2116   u32 cksum;                    /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
   2117   char *aData;                  /* Temporary storage for the page */
   2118   sqlite3_file *jfd;            /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
   2119   int isSynced;                 /* True if journal page is synced */
   2120 
   2121   assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 );      /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
   2122   assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 );       /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
   2123   assert( isMainJrnl || pDone );     /* pDone always used on sub-journals */
   2124   assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 );   /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */
   2125 
   2126   aData = pPager->pTmpSpace;
   2127   assert( aData );         /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
   2128   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) );
   2129 
   2130   /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction
   2131   ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
   2132   ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
   2133   ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
   2134   ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal.
   2135   */
   2136   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
   2137        || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
   2138   );
   2139   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl );
   2140 
   2141   /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal
   2142   ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs.
   2143   */
   2144   jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd;
   2145   rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno);
   2146   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
   2147   rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4);
   2148   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
   2149   *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4;
   2150 
   2151   /* Sanity checking on the page.  This is more important that I originally
   2152   ** thought.  If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
   2153   ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal.  We need to
   2154   ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
   2155   */
   2156   if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
   2157     assert( !isSavepnt );
   2158     return SQLITE_DONE;
   2159   }
   2160   if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){
   2161     return SQLITE_OK;
   2162   }
   2163   if( isMainJrnl ){
   2164     rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum);
   2165     if( rc ) return rc;
   2166     if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){
   2167       return SQLITE_DONE;
   2168     }
   2169   }
   2170 
   2171   /* If this page has already been played by before during the current
   2172   ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again.
   2173   */
   2174   if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){
   2175     return rc;
   2176   }
   2177 
   2178   /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting
   2179   */
   2180   if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){
   2181     pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20];
   2182     pagerReportSize(pPager);
   2183   }
   2184 
   2185   /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this
   2186   ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
   2187   ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
   2188   **
   2189   ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
   2190   ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
   2191   ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
   2192   ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
   2193   ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
   2194   ** assert()able.
   2195   **
   2196   ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
   2197   ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked
   2198   ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
   2199   ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
   2200   ** if the pager is in OPEN state.
   2201   **
   2202   ** Ticket #1171:  The statement journal might contain page content that is
   2203   ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
   2204   ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
   2205   ** then changed again within the statement.  When rolling back such a
   2206   ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
   2207   ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
   2208   ** journal.  Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
   2209   ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
   2210   ** restore the database to its original form.  Two conditions must be
   2211   ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
   2212   ** locked.  (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
   2213   ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
   2214   ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
   2215   **
   2216   ** 2008-04-14:  When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
   2217   ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
   2218   ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
   2219   */
   2220   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
   2221     pPg = 0;
   2222   }else{
   2223     pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
   2224   }
   2225   assert( pPg || !MEMDB );
   2226   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 );
   2227   PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
   2228            PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData),
   2229            (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
   2230   ));
   2231   if( isMainJrnl ){
   2232     isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr);
   2233   }else{
   2234     isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
   2235   }
   2236   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
   2237    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
   2238    && isSynced
   2239   ){
   2240     i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
   2241     testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 );
   2242     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
   2243     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
   2244     if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
   2245       pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
   2246     }
   2247     if( pPager->pBackup ){
   2248       CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM);
   2249       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
   2250       CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, aData);
   2251     }
   2252   }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){
   2253     /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
   2254     ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
   2255     ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it
   2256     ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be
   2257     ** current.
   2258     **
   2259     ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
   2260     ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen
   2261     ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
   2262     ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
   2263     **
   2264     ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
   2265     ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty
   2266     ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as
   2267     ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
   2268     */
   2269     assert( isSavepnt );
   2270     assert( pPager->doNotSpill==0 );
   2271     pPager->doNotSpill++;
   2272     rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1);
   2273     assert( pPager->doNotSpill==1 );
   2274     pPager->doNotSpill--;
   2275     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
   2276     pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_READ;
   2277     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
   2278   }
   2279   if( pPg ){
   2280     /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
   2281     ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
   2282     ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
   2283     ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
   2284     ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
   2285     */
   2286     void *pData;
   2287     pData = pPg->pData;
   2288     memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize);
   2289     pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
   2290     if( isMainJrnl && (!isSavepnt || *pOffset<=pPager->journalHdr) ){
   2291       /* If the contents of this page were just restored from the main
   2292       ** journal file, then its content must be as they were when the
   2293       ** transaction was first opened. In this case we can mark the page
   2294       ** as clean, since there will be no need to write it out to the
   2295       ** database.
   2296       **
   2297       ** There is one exception to this rule. If the page is being rolled
   2298       ** back as part of a savepoint (or statement) rollback from an
   2299       ** unsynced portion of the main journal file, then it is not safe
   2300       ** to mark the page as clean. This is because marking the page as
   2301       ** clean will clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag. Since the page is
   2302       ** already in the journal file (recorded in Pager.pInJournal) and
   2303       ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is cleared, if the page is written to
   2304       ** again within this transaction, it will be marked as dirty but
   2305       ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag will not be set. It could then potentially
   2306       ** be written out into the database file before its journal file
   2307       ** segment is synced. If a crash occurs during or following this,
   2308       ** database corruption may ensue.
   2309       */
   2310       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
   2311       sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
   2312     }
   2313     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
   2314 
   2315     /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
   2316     ** Do this before any decoding. */
   2317     if( pgno==1 ){
   2318       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
   2319     }
   2320 
   2321     /* Decode the page just read from disk */
   2322     CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM);
   2323     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
   2324   }
   2325   return rc;
   2326 }
   2327 
   2328 /*
   2329 ** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal
   2330 ** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back.
   2331 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
   2332 ** and does so if it is.
   2333 **
   2334 ** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not
   2335 ** available for use within this function.
   2336 **
   2337 ** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names
   2338 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8
   2339 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a
   2340 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal
   2341 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
   2342 **
   2343 **   "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
   2344 **
   2345 ** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child
   2346 ** journals have been rolled back.
   2347 **
   2348 ** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into
   2349 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
   2350 ** each child journal, it checks if:
   2351 **
   2352 **   * if the child journal exists, and if so
   2353 **   * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal
   2354 **     file zMaster
   2355 **
   2356 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
   2357 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
   2358 ** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from
   2359 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
   2360 **
   2361 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
   2362 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
   2363 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors
   2364 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
   2365 **
   2366 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
   2367 ** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be
   2368 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page
   2369 ** size.
   2370 */
   2371 static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
   2372   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
   2373   int rc;                   /* Return code */
   2374   sqlite3_file *pMaster;    /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */
   2375   sqlite3_file *pJournal;   /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
   2376   char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
   2377   i64 nMasterJournal;       /* Size of master journal file */
   2378   char *zJournal;           /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */
   2379   char *zMasterPtr;         /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */
   2380   int nMasterPtr;           /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */
   2381 
   2382   /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors.
   2383   ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading.
   2384   */
   2385   pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
   2386   pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile);
   2387   if( !pMaster ){
   2388     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
   2389   }else{
   2390     const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL);
   2391     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0);
   2392   }
   2393   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
   2394 
   2395   /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
   2396   ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal.   Also obtain
   2397   ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master
   2398   ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
   2399   */
   2400   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal);
   2401   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
   2402   nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
   2403   zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc((int)nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1);
   2404   if( !zMasterJournal ){
   2405     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
   2406     goto delmaster_out;
   2407   }
   2408   zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1];
   2409   rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0);
   2410   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
   2411   zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0;
   2412 
   2413   zJournal = zMasterJournal;
   2414   while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){
   2415     int exists;
   2416     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
   2417     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   2418       goto delmaster_out;
   2419     }
   2420     if( exists ){
   2421       /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists.
   2422       ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If
   2423       ** so, return without deleting the master journal file.
   2424       */
   2425       int c;
   2426       int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL);
   2427       rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
   2428       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   2429         goto delmaster_out;
   2430       }
   2431 
   2432       rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr);
   2433       sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
   2434       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   2435         goto delmaster_out;
   2436       }
   2437 
   2438       c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0;
   2439       if( c ){
   2440         /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */
   2441         goto delmaster_out;
   2442       }
   2443     }
   2444     zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1);
   2445   }
   2446 
   2447   sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
   2448   rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
   2449 
   2450 delmaster_out:
   2451   sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal);
   2452   if( pMaster ){
   2453     sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
   2454     assert( !isOpen(pJournal) );
   2455     sqlite3_free(pMaster);
   2456   }
   2457   return rc;
   2458 }
   2459 
   2460 
   2461 /*
   2462 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database
   2463 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
   2464 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
   2465 **
   2466 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
   2467 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size
   2468 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes).
   2469 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
   2470 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
   2471 **
   2472 ** Or, it might might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than
   2473 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if
   2474 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it
   2475 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to
   2476 ** the end of the new file instead.
   2477 **
   2478 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
   2479 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
   2480 */
   2481 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
   2482   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   2483   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
   2484   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER );
   2485 
   2486   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
   2487    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
   2488   ){
   2489     i64 currentSize, newSize;
   2490     int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
   2491     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
   2492     /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */
   2493     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &currentSize);
   2494     newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage;
   2495     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){
   2496       if( currentSize>newSize ){
   2497         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize);
   2498       }else{
   2499         char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace;
   2500         memset(pTmp, 0, szPage);
   2501         testcase( (newSize-szPage) <  currentSize );
   2502         testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize );
   2503         testcase( (newSize-szPage) >  currentSize );
   2504         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage);
   2505       }
   2506       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   2507         pPager->dbFileSize = nPage;
   2508       }
   2509     }
   2510   }
   2511   return rc;
   2512 }
   2513 
   2514 /*
   2515 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
   2516 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
   2517 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used used
   2518 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and
   2519 ** master journal pointers within created journal files.
   2520 **
   2521 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
   2522 **
   2523 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
   2524 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
   2525 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
   2526 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
   2527 */
   2528 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
   2529   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
   2530 
   2531   if( !pPager->tempFile ){
   2532     /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
   2533     ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize()
   2534     ** call will segfault.
   2535     */
   2536     pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pPager->fd);
   2537   }
   2538   if( pPager->sectorSize<32 ){
   2539     pPager->sectorSize = 512;
   2540   }
   2541   if( pPager->sectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){
   2542     assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 );
   2543     pPager->sectorSize = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE;
   2544   }
   2545 }
   2546 
   2547 /*
   2548 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
   2549 ** the state it was in before we started making changes.
   2550 **
   2551 ** The journal file format is as follows:
   2552 **
   2553 **  (1)  8 byte prefix.  A copy of aJournalMagic[].
   2554 **  (2)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
   2555 **       in the journal.  If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
   2556 **       number of page records from the journal size.
   2557 **  (3)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the
   2558 **       sanity checksum.
   2559 **  (4)  4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
   2560 **       database to during a rollback.
   2561 **  (5)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size.  The header
   2562 **       is this many bytes in size.
   2563 **  (6)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size.
   2564 **  (7)  zero padding out to the next sector size.
   2565 **  (8)  Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
   2566 **        +  4 byte page number.
   2567 **        +  pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
   2568 **        +  4 byte checksum
   2569 **
   2570 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above.
   2571 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item.
   2572 **
   2573 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec".  nRec is the number of
   2574 ** valid page entries in the journal.  In most cases, you can compute the
   2575 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file.  But if a power
   2576 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
   2577 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
   2578 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk.  In such a case,
   2579 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large.  For
   2580 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
   2581 **
   2582 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
   2583 ** from the file size.  This value is used when the user selects the
   2584 ** no-sync option for the journal.  A power failure could lead to corruption
   2585 ** in this case.  But for things like temporary table (which will be
   2586 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.
   2587 **
   2588 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
   2589 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
   2590 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
   2591 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
   2592 ** been encountered.
   2593 **
   2594 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
   2595 ** and an error code is returned.
   2596 **
   2597 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
   2598 ** that might be a hot journal.  Or, it could be that the journal is
   2599 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
   2600 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
   2601 ** back any content.  If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
   2602 ** needed.
   2603 */
   2604 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
   2605   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
   2606   i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
   2607   u32 nRec;                /* Number of Records in the journal */
   2608   u32 u;                   /* Unsigned loop counter */
   2609   Pgno mxPg = 0;           /* Size of the original file in pages */
   2610   int rc;                  /* Result code of a subroutine */
   2611   int res = 1;             /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
   2612   char *zMaster = 0;       /* Name of master journal file if any */
   2613   int needPagerReset;      /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
   2614 
   2615   /* Figure out how many records are in the journal.  Abort early if
   2616   ** the journal is empty.
   2617   */
   2618   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
   2619   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
   2620   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   2621     goto end_playback;
   2622   }
   2623 
   2624   /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present.
   2625   ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not
   2626   ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
   2627   ** played back.
   2628   **
   2629   ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that
   2630   ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that
   2631   ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c,
   2632   **  mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
   2633   ** for pageSize.
   2634   */
   2635   zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
   2636   rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
   2637   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){
   2638     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
   2639   }
   2640   zMaster = 0;
   2641   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){
   2642     goto end_playback;
   2643   }
   2644   pPager->journalOff = 0;
   2645   needPagerReset = isHot;
   2646 
   2647   /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or
   2648   ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error
   2649   ** occurs.
   2650   */
   2651   while( 1 ){
   2652     /* Read the next journal header from the journal file.  If there are
   2653     ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
   2654     ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it.
   2655     ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
   2656     */
   2657     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
   2658     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   2659       if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
   2660         rc = SQLITE_OK;
   2661       }
   2662       goto end_playback;
   2663     }
   2664 
   2665     /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
   2666     ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
   2667     ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
   2668     ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
   2669     */
   2670     if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
   2671       assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
   2672       nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
   2673     }
   2674 
   2675     /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
   2676     ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
   2677     ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
   2678     ** synced to disk.  Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
   2679     ** size of the file.
   2680     **
   2681     ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
   2682     ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next
   2683     ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back.  But
   2684     ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
   2685     ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
   2686     ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages
   2687     ** should be computed based on the journal file size.
   2688     */
   2689     if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
   2690         pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){
   2691       nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
   2692     }
   2693 
   2694     /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
   2695     ** database file back to its original size.
   2696     */
   2697     if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
   2698       rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
   2699       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   2700         goto end_playback;
   2701       }
   2702       pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
   2703     }
   2704 
   2705     /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the
   2706     ** database file and/or page cache.
   2707     */
   2708     for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){
   2709       if( needPagerReset ){
   2710         pager_reset(pPager);
   2711         needPagerReset = 0;
   2712       }
   2713       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0);
   2714       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   2715         if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
   2716           rc = SQLITE_OK;
   2717           pPager->journalOff = szJ;
   2718           break;
   2719         }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
   2720           /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and
   2721           ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was
   2722           ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash.  In that
   2723           ** case, the database should have never been written in the
   2724           ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */
   2725           rc = SQLITE_OK;
   2726           goto end_playback;
   2727         }else{
   2728           /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error
   2729           ** code.  This will cause the pager to enter the error state
   2730           ** so that no further harm will be done.  Perhaps the next
   2731           ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database.
   2732           */
   2733           goto end_playback;
   2734         }
   2735       }
   2736     }
   2737   }
   2738   /*NOTREACHED*/
   2739   assert( 0 );
   2740 
   2741 end_playback:
   2742   /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
   2743   ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
   2744   ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
   2745   ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
   2746   */
   2747   assert(
   2748     pPager->fd->pMethods==0 ||
   2749     sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0)>=SQLITE_OK
   2750   );
   2751 
   2752   /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or
   2753   ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but
   2754   ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter
   2755   ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive
   2756   ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
   2757   ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
   2758   ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
   2759   ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now.
   2760   */
   2761   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
   2762 
   2763   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   2764     zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
   2765     rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
   2766     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
   2767   }
   2768   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
   2769    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
   2770   ){
   2771     rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager);
   2772   }
   2773   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   2774     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0');
   2775     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
   2776   }
   2777   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){
   2778     /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success,
   2779     ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal.
   2780     */
   2781     rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster);
   2782     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
   2783   }
   2784 
   2785   /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
   2786   ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
   2787   ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
   2788   */
   2789   setSectorSize(pPager);
   2790   return rc;
   2791 }
   2792 
   2793 
   2794 /*
   2795 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into
   2796 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
   2797 ** file before this function is called.
   2798 **
   2799 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
   2800 ** the value read from the database file.
   2801 **
   2802 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
   2803 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
   2804 */
   2805 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg){
   2806   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
   2807   Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;       /* Page number to read */
   2808   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
   2809   int isInWal = 0;             /* True if page is in log file */
   2810   int pgsz = pPager->pageSize; /* Number of bytes to read */
   2811 
   2812   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB );
   2813   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
   2814 
   2815   if( NEVER(!isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){
   2816     assert( pPager->tempFile );
   2817     memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
   2818     return SQLITE_OK;
   2819   }
   2820 
   2821   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
   2822     /* Try to pull the page from the write-ahead log. */
   2823     rc = sqlite3WalRead(pPager->pWal, pgno, &isInWal, pgsz, pPg->pData);
   2824   }
   2825   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !isInWal ){
   2826     i64 iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
   2827     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pgsz, iOffset);
   2828     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
   2829       rc = SQLITE_OK;
   2830     }
   2831   }
   2832 
   2833   if( pgno==1 ){
   2834     if( rc ){
   2835       /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something
   2836       ** that will never be a valid file version.  dbFileVers[] is a copy
   2837       ** of bytes 24..39 of the database.  Bytes 28..31 should always be
   2838       ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39
   2839       ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff.  So filling
   2840       ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice.
   2841       **
   2842       ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex:  bytes
   2843       ** 24..39 of the database are white noise.  But the probability of
   2844       ** white noising equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so
   2845       ** we should still be ok.
   2846       */
   2847       memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
   2848     }else{
   2849       u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24];
   2850       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
   2851     }
   2852   }
   2853   CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM);
   2854 
   2855   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
   2856   PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
   2857   IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
   2858   PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
   2859                PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)));
   2860 
   2861   return rc;
   2862 }
   2863 
   2864 /*
   2865 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in
   2866 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96.
   2867 **
   2868 ** This is an unconditional update.  See also the pager_incr_changecounter()
   2869 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually
   2870 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable.
   2871 */
   2872 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){
   2873   u32 change_counter;
   2874 
   2875   /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
   2876   change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1;
   2877   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter);
   2878 
   2879   /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in
   2880   ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number
   2881   ** is valid. */
   2882   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter);
   2883   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER);
   2884 }
   2885 
   2886 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
   2887 /*
   2888 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been
   2889 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
   2890 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument
   2891 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
   2892 **
   2893 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
   2894 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
   2895 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
   2896 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails,
   2897 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
   2898 */
   2899 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){
   2900   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   2901   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx;
   2902   PgHdr *pPg;
   2903 
   2904   pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg);
   2905   if( pPg ){
   2906     if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){
   2907       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
   2908     }else{
   2909       rc = readDbPage(pPg);
   2910       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   2911         pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
   2912       }
   2913       sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg);
   2914     }
   2915   }
   2916 
   2917   /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are
   2918   ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
   2919   ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
   2920   ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
   2921   ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore
   2922   ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
   2923   ** the backups must be restarted.
   2924   */
   2925   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
   2926 
   2927   return rc;
   2928 }
   2929 
   2930 /*
   2931 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database.
   2932 */
   2933 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){
   2934   int rc;                         /* Return Code */
   2935   PgHdr *pList;                   /* List of dirty pages to revert */
   2936 
   2937   /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
   2938   ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the
   2939   ** following:
   2940   **
   2941   **   + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
   2942   **   + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0).
   2943   */
   2944   pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
   2945   rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager);
   2946   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
   2947   while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   2948     PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
   2949     rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno);
   2950     pList = pNext;
   2951   }
   2952 
   2953   return rc;
   2954 }
   2955 
   2956 /*
   2957 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
   2958 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
   2959 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
   2960 ** changed.
   2961 **
   2962 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
   2963 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
   2964 */
   2965 static int pagerWalFrames(
   2966   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
   2967   PgHdr *pList,                   /* List of frames to log */
   2968   Pgno nTruncate,                 /* Database size after this commit */
   2969   int isCommit,                   /* True if this is a commit */
   2970   int syncFlags                   /* Flags to pass to OsSync() (or 0) */
   2971 ){
   2972   int rc;                         /* Return code */
   2973 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES)
   2974   PgHdr *p;                       /* For looping over pages */
   2975 #endif
   2976 
   2977   assert( pPager->pWal );
   2978 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
   2979   /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */
   2980   for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){
   2981     assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno );
   2982   }
   2983 #endif
   2984 
   2985   if( isCommit ){
   2986     /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing
   2987     ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file.
   2988     ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty
   2989     ** list here. */
   2990     PgHdr *p;
   2991     PgHdr **ppNext = &pList;
   2992     for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p); p=p->pDirty){
   2993       if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ) ppNext = &p->pDirty;
   2994     }
   2995     assert( pList );
   2996   }
   2997 
   2998   if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
   2999   rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal,
   3000       pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, syncFlags
   3001   );
   3002   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){
   3003     PgHdr *p;
   3004     for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
   3005       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData);
   3006     }
   3007   }
   3008 
   3009 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
   3010   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
   3011   for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
   3012     pager_set_pagehash(p);
   3013   }
   3014 #endif
   3015 
   3016   return rc;
   3017 }
   3018 
   3019 /*
   3020 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL.
   3021 **
   3022 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially
   3023 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves
   3024 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by
   3025 ** other writers or checkpointers.
   3026 */
   3027 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){
   3028   int rc;                         /* Return code */
   3029   int changed = 0;                /* True if cache must be reset */
   3030 
   3031   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
   3032   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
   3033 
   3034   /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous
   3035   ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.  So call it now.  If we
   3036   ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called,
   3037   ** the duplicate call is harmless.
   3038   */
   3039   sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
   3040 
   3041   rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed);
   3042   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){
   3043     pager_reset(pPager);
   3044   }
   3045 
   3046   return rc;
   3047 }
   3048 #endif
   3049 
   3050 /*
   3051 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN
   3052 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file
   3053 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize).
   3054 **
   3055 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database
   3056 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps
   3057 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified.
   3058 */
   3059 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){
   3060   Pgno nPage;                     /* Value to return via *pnPage */
   3061 
   3062   /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize()
   3063   ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or
   3064   ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not
   3065   ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or
   3066   ** contains no valid committed transactions.
   3067   */
   3068   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
   3069   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK || pPager->noReadlock );
   3070   nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal);
   3071 
   3072   /* If the database size was not available from the WAL sub-system,
   3073   ** determine it based on the size of the database file. If the size
   3074   ** of the database file is not an integer multiple of the page-size,
   3075   ** round down to the nearest page. Except, any file larger than 0
   3076   ** bytes in size is considered to contain at least one page.
   3077   */
   3078   if( nPage==0 ){
   3079     i64 n = 0;                    /* Size of db file in bytes */
   3080     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
   3081     if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
   3082       int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n);
   3083       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   3084         return rc;
   3085       }
   3086     }
   3087     nPage = (Pgno)(n / pPager->pageSize);
   3088     if( nPage==0 && n>0 ){
   3089       nPage = 1;
   3090     }
   3091   }
   3092 
   3093   /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
   3094   ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
   3095   ** that the file can be read.
   3096   */
   3097   if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){
   3098     pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage;
   3099   }
   3100 
   3101   *pnPage = nPage;
   3102   return SQLITE_OK;
   3103 }
   3104 
   3105 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
   3106 /*
   3107 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager
   3108 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does
   3109 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty.
   3110 **
   3111 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager
   3112 ** in WAL mode.  If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and
   3113 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to
   3114 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL.
   3115 **
   3116 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
   3117 **
   3118 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
   3119 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete
   3120 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition
   3121 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some
   3122 ** other connection.
   3123 */
   3124 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){
   3125   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   3126   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
   3127   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK || pPager->noReadlock );
   3128 
   3129   if( !pPager->tempFile ){
   3130     int isWal;                    /* True if WAL file exists */
   3131     Pgno nPage;                   /* Size of the database file */
   3132 
   3133     rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
   3134     if( rc ) return rc;
   3135     if( nPage==0 ){
   3136       rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0);
   3137       isWal = 0;
   3138     }else{
   3139       rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
   3140           pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal
   3141       );
   3142     }
   3143     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   3144       if( isWal ){
   3145         testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
   3146         rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0);
   3147       }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
   3148         pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE;
   3149       }
   3150     }
   3151   }
   3152   return rc;
   3153 }
   3154 #endif
   3155 
   3156 /*
   3157 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
   3158 ** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when
   3159 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction
   3160 ** savepoint.
   3161 **
   3162 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is
   3163 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
   3164 ** performed in the order specified:
   3165 **
   3166 **   * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
   3167 **     offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to
   3168 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
   3169 **     file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
   3170 **
   3171 **   * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
   3172 **     back starting from the journal header immediately following
   3173 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
   3174 **
   3175 **   * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
   3176 **     with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of
   3177 **     the journal file.
   3178 **
   3179 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the
   3180 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the
   3181 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only
   3182 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal.
   3183 **
   3184 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main
   3185 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
   3186 **
   3187 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
   3188 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint
   3189 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
   3190 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
   3191 */
   3192 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){
   3193   i64 szJ;                 /* Effective size of the main journal */
   3194   i64 iHdrOff;             /* End of first segment of main-journal records */
   3195   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
   3196   Bitvec *pDone = 0;       /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */
   3197 
   3198   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
   3199   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
   3200 
   3201   /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
   3202   if( pSavepoint ){
   3203     pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig);
   3204     if( !pDone ){
   3205       return SQLITE_NOMEM;
   3206     }
   3207   }
   3208 
   3209   /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint
   3210   ** being reverted was opened.
   3211   */
   3212   pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize;
   3213   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
   3214 
   3215   if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
   3216     return pagerRollbackWal(pPager);
   3217   }
   3218 
   3219   /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
   3220   ** journal.  The actual file might be larger than this in
   3221   ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST.  But anything
   3222   ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
   3223   */
   3224   szJ = pPager->journalOff;
   3225   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 );
   3226 
   3227   /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
   3228   ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
   3229   ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number
   3230   ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those
   3231   ** will be skipped automatically.  Pages are added to pDone as they
   3232   ** are played back.
   3233   */
   3234   if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
   3235     iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ;
   3236     pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset;
   3237     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){
   3238       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
   3239     }
   3240     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
   3241   }else{
   3242     pPager->journalOff = 0;
   3243   }
   3244 
   3245   /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at
   3246   ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end
   3247   ** of the main journal file.  Continue to skip out-of-range pages and
   3248   ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone.
   3249   */
   3250   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){
   3251     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
   3252     u32 nJRec = 0;     /* Number of Journal Records */
   3253     u32 dummy;
   3254     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy);
   3255     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
   3256 
   3257     /*
   3258     ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff"
   3259     ** test is related to ticket #2565.  See the discussion in the
   3260     ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
   3261     */
   3262     if( nJRec==0
   3263      && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff
   3264     ){
   3265       nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
   3266     }
   3267     for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){
   3268       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
   3269     }
   3270     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
   3271   }
   3272   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ );
   3273 
   3274   /* Finally,  rollback pages from the sub-journal.  Page that were
   3275   ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
   3276   ** will be skipped.  Out-of-range pages are also skipped.
   3277   */
   3278   if( pSavepoint ){
   3279     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
   3280     i64 offset = pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
   3281 
   3282     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
   3283       rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData);
   3284     }
   3285     for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){
   3286       assert( offset==ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) );
   3287       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1);
   3288     }
   3289     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
   3290   }
   3291 
   3292   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone);
   3293   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   3294     pPager->journalOff = szJ;
   3295   }
   3296 
   3297   return rc;
   3298 }
   3299 
   3300 /*
   3301 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed.
   3302 */
   3303 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
   3304   sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
   3305 }
   3306 
   3307 /*
   3308 ** Adjust the robustness of the database to damage due to OS crashes
   3309 ** or power failures by changing the number of syncs()s when writing
   3310 ** the rollback journal.  There are three levels:
   3311 **
   3312 **    OFF       sqlite3OsSync() is never called.  This is the default
   3313 **              for temporary and transient files.
   3314 **
   3315 **    NORMAL    The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
   3316 **              database.  This is normally adequate protection, but
   3317 **              it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
   3318 **              that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
   3319 **              in a state which would cause damage to the database
   3320 **              when it is rolled back.
   3321 **
   3322 **    FULL      The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
   3323 **              database (with some additional information - the nRec field
   3324 **              of the journal header - being written in between the two
   3325 **              syncs).  If we assume that writing a
   3326 **              single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
   3327 **              assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
   3328 **              point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
   3329 **
   3330 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode.  For WAL mode, OFF continues
   3331 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur.  NORMAL means that the WAL is synced
   3332 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced
   3333 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL
   3334 ** was written back into the database.  But no sync operations occur for
   3335 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL.  FULL means that the WAL
   3336 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the
   3337 ** syncs associated with NORMAL.
   3338 **
   3339 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL.  The
   3340 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync
   3341 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC).  SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an
   3342 ** ordinary fsync() call.  There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
   3343 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX.  But the
   3344 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when
   3345 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms.
   3346 **
   3347 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
   3348 ** and FULL=3.
   3349 */
   3350 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
   3351 void sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(
   3352   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager to set safety level for */
   3353   int level,            /* PRAGMA synchronous.  1=OFF, 2=NORMAL, 3=FULL */
   3354   int bFullFsync,       /* PRAGMA fullfsync */
   3355   int bCkptFullFsync    /* PRAGMA checkpoint_fullfsync */
   3356 ){
   3357   assert( level>=1 && level<=3 );
   3358   pPager->noSync =  (level==1 || pPager->tempFile) ?1:0;
   3359   pPager->fullSync = (level==3 && !pPager->tempFile) ?1:0;
   3360   if( pPager->noSync ){
   3361     pPager->syncFlags = 0;
   3362     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = 0;
   3363   }else if( bFullFsync ){
   3364     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
   3365     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
   3366   }else if( bCkptFullFsync ){
   3367     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
   3368     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
   3369   }else{
   3370     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
   3371     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
   3372   }
   3373 }
   3374 #endif
   3375 
   3376 /*
   3377 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
   3378 ** attempts to open a temporary file.  This information is used for
   3379 ** testing and analysis only.
   3380 */
   3381 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
   3382 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
   3383 #endif
   3384 
   3385 /*
   3386 ** Open a temporary file.
   3387 **
   3388 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success
   3389 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically
   3390 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
   3391 **
   3392 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
   3393 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following:
   3394 **
   3395 **     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
   3396 **     SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
   3397 **     SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
   3398 **     SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
   3399 */
   3400 static int pagerOpentemp(
   3401   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager object */
   3402   sqlite3_file *pFile,  /* Write the file descriptor here */
   3403   int vfsFlags          /* Flags passed through to the VFS */
   3404 ){
   3405   int rc;               /* Return code */
   3406 
   3407 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
   3408   sqlite3_opentemp_count++;  /* Used for testing and analysis only */
   3409 #endif
   3410 
   3411   vfsFlags |=  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
   3412             SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
   3413   rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0);
   3414   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) );
   3415   return rc;
   3416 }
   3417 
   3418 /*
   3419 ** Set the busy handler function.
   3420 **
   3421 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns
   3422 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
   3423 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE
   3424 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
   3425 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
   3426 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
   3427 **
   3428 **   Transition                        | Invokes xBusyHandler
   3429 **   --------------------------------------------------------
   3430 **   NO_LOCK       -> SHARED_LOCK      | Yes
   3431 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> RESERVED_LOCK    | No
   3432 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | No
   3433 **   RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | Yes
   3434 **
   3435 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is
   3436 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
   3437 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
   3438 */
   3439 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(
   3440   Pager *pPager,                       /* Pager object */
   3441   int (*xBusyHandler)(void *),         /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
   3442   void *pBusyHandlerArg                /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */
   3443 ){
   3444   pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler;
   3445   pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg;
   3446 }
   3447 
   3448 /*
   3449 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size
   3450 ** is passed in *pPageSize.
   3451 **
   3452 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
   3453 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e.
   3454 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL).
   3455 **
   3456 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
   3457 **
   3458 **   * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power
   3459 **     of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
   3460 **
   3461 **   * there are no outstanding page references, and
   3462 **
   3463 **   * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is
   3464 **     an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages.
   3465 **
   3466 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
   3467 **
   3468 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc()
   3469 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt
   3470 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged.
   3471 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
   3472 **
   3473 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
   3474 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
   3475 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed,
   3476 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
   3477 */
   3478 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){
   3479   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   3480 
   3481   /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this
   3482   ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state
   3483   ** of the Pager object is internally consistent.
   3484   **
   3485   ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in
   3486   ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that
   3487   ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function
   3488   ** is a no-op for that case anyhow.
   3489   */
   3490 
   3491   u32 pageSize = *pPageSize;
   3492   assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
   3493   if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
   3494    && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0
   3495    && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize
   3496   ){
   3497     char *pNew = NULL;             /* New temp space */
   3498     i64 nByte = 0;
   3499 
   3500     if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
   3501       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte);
   3502     }
   3503     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   3504       pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize);
   3505       if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
   3506     }
   3507 
   3508     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   3509       pager_reset(pPager);
   3510       pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)(nByte/pageSize);
   3511       pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
   3512       sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
   3513       pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
   3514       sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
   3515     }
   3516   }
   3517 
   3518   *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
   3519   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   3520     if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve;
   3521     assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 );
   3522     pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve;
   3523     pagerReportSize(pPager);
   3524   }
   3525   return rc;
   3526 }
   3527 
   3528 /*
   3529 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
   3530 ** by the pager.  This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
   3531 ** entire content of a database page.  This buffer is used internally
   3532 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
   3533 ** occurs.  But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
   3534 ** no rollbacks are happening.
   3535 */
   3536 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){
   3537   return pPager->pTmpSpace;
   3538 }
   3539 
   3540 /*
   3541 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive.
   3542 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative.  And never reduce the
   3543 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
   3544 **
   3545 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
   3546 */
   3547 int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
   3548   if( mxPage>0 ){
   3549     pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
   3550   }
   3551   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );      /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */
   3552   assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize );  /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */
   3553   return pPager->mxPgno;
   3554 }
   3555 
   3556 /*
   3557 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
   3558 ** I/O error mechanism.  These routines are used to avoid simulated
   3559 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
   3560 **
   3561 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
   3562 ** and generate no code.
   3563 */
   3564 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
   3565 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
   3566 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
   3567 static int saved_cnt;
   3568 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
   3569   saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending;
   3570   sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1;
   3571 }
   3572 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
   3573   sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt;
   3574 }
   3575 #else
   3576 # define disable_simulated_io_errors()
   3577 # define enable_simulated_io_errors()
   3578 #endif
   3579 
   3580 /*
   3581 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
   3582 ** that pDest points to.
   3583 **
   3584 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
   3585 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
   3586 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this
   3587 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
   3588 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
   3589 **
   3590 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered,
   3591 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the
   3592 ** output buffer undefined.
   3593 */
   3594 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
   3595   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   3596   memset(pDest, 0, N);
   3597   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
   3598 
   3599   /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating
   3600   ** the Pager object.  There has not been an opportunity to transition
   3601   ** to WAL mode yet.
   3602   */
   3603   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
   3604 
   3605   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
   3606     IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N))
   3607     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0);
   3608     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
   3609       rc = SQLITE_OK;
   3610     }
   3611   }
   3612   return rc;
   3613 }
   3614 
   3615 /*
   3616 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
   3617 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
   3618 **
   3619 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then
   3620 ** this is considered a 1 page file.
   3621 */
   3622 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
   3623   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
   3624   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED );
   3625   *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize;
   3626 }
   3627 
   3628 
   3629 /*
   3630 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If
   3631 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
   3632 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
   3633 **
   3634 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke
   3635 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat
   3636 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to
   3637 ** obtain the lock succeeds.
   3638 **
   3639 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
   3640 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state
   3641 ** variable to locktype before returning.
   3642 */
   3643 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
   3644   int rc;                              /* Return code */
   3645 
   3646   /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is
   3647   ** already held, or one of the transistions that the busy-handler
   3648   ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
   3649   ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
   3650   */
   3651   assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype)
   3652        || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK)
   3653        || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
   3654   );
   3655 
   3656   do {
   3657     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype);
   3658   }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) );
   3659   return rc;
   3660 }
   3661 
   3662 /*
   3663 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the
   3664 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache:
   3665 **
   3666 **   a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the
   3667 **      current database image, in pages, OR
   3668 **
   3669 **   b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not
   3670 **      be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal
   3671 **      (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()).
   3672 **
   3673 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the
   3674 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress()
   3675 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to
   3676 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after
   3677 ** this happened, the correct behaviour would be to restore the current
   3678 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either
   3679 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and
   3680 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the
   3681 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that
   3682 ** this circumstance cannot arise.
   3683 */
   3684 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
   3685 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){
   3686   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
   3687   assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize );
   3688 }
   3689 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){
   3690   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb);
   3691 }
   3692 #else
   3693 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager)
   3694 #endif
   3695 
   3696 /*
   3697 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This
   3698 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It
   3699 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the
   3700 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
   3701 */
   3702 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
   3703   assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage );
   3704   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
   3705   pPager->dbSize = nPage;
   3706   assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
   3707 }
   3708 
   3709 
   3710 /*
   3711 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It
   3712 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the
   3713 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows
   3714 ** that the entire journal file has been synced.
   3715 **
   3716 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures
   3717 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that
   3718 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal
   3719 ** content as this process.
   3720 **
   3721 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise,
   3722 ** an SQLite error code.
   3723 */
   3724 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){
   3725   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   3726   if( !pPager->noSync ){
   3727     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
   3728   }
   3729   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   3730     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr);
   3731   }
   3732   return rc;
   3733 }
   3734 
   3735 /*
   3736 ** Shutdown the page cache.  Free all memory and close all files.
   3737 **
   3738 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
   3739 ** transaction is rolled back.  All outstanding pages are invalidated
   3740 ** and their memory is freed.  Any attempt to use a page associated
   3741 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
   3742 ** result in a coredump.
   3743 **
   3744 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
   3745 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback
   3746 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
   3747 ** to the caller.
   3748 */
   3749 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager){
   3750   u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace;
   3751 
   3752   disable_simulated_io_errors();
   3753   sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
   3754   /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
   3755   pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
   3756 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
   3757   sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, pTmp);
   3758   pPager->pWal = 0;
   3759 #endif
   3760   pager_reset(pPager);
   3761   if( MEMDB ){
   3762     pager_unlock(pPager);
   3763   }else{
   3764     /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
   3765     ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal
   3766     ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs
   3767     ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt.
   3768     **
   3769     ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager
   3770     ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the
   3771     ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it
   3772     ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal
   3773     ** rollback before accessing the database file.
   3774     */
   3775     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
   3776       pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager));
   3777     }
   3778     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
   3779   }
   3780   sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
   3781   enable_simulated_io_errors();
   3782   PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
   3783   IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager))
   3784   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
   3785   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
   3786   sqlite3PageFree(pTmp);
   3787   sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache);
   3788 
   3789 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
   3790   if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
   3791 #endif
   3792 
   3793   assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal );
   3794   assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) );
   3795 
   3796   sqlite3_free(pPager);
   3797   return SQLITE_OK;
   3798 }
   3799 
   3800 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
   3801 /*
   3802 ** Return the page number for page pPg.
   3803 */
   3804 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){
   3805   return pPg->pgno;
   3806 }
   3807 #endif
   3808 
   3809 /*
   3810 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg.
   3811 */
   3812 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){
   3813   sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg);
   3814 }
   3815 
   3816 /*
   3817 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have
   3818 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
   3819 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
   3820 **
   3821 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op.
   3822 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the
   3823 ** device characteristics of the the file-system, as follows:
   3824 **
   3825 **   * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
   3826 **     be taken.
   3827 **
   3828 **   * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property,
   3829 **     then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header
   3830 **     is updated to contain the number of journal records that have
   3831 **     been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync
   3832 **     mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated.
   3833 **
   3834 **   * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then
   3835 **     journal file is synced.
   3836 **
   3837 ** Or, in pseudo-code:
   3838 **
   3839 **   if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){
   3840 **     if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){
   3841 **       if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>);
   3842 **       <update nRec field>
   3843 **     }
   3844 **     if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>);
   3845 **   }
   3846 **
   3847 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every
   3848 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
   3849 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
   3850 */
   3851 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){
   3852   int rc;                         /* Return code */
   3853 
   3854   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
   3855        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
   3856   );
   3857   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
   3858   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
   3859 
   3860   rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
   3861   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
   3862 
   3863   if( !pPager->noSync ){
   3864     assert( !pPager->tempFile );
   3865     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
   3866       const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
   3867       assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
   3868 
   3869       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
   3870         /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection
   3871         ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal
   3872         ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
   3873         ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
   3874         ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
   3875         ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure
   3876         ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes
   3877         ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its
   3878         ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the
   3879         ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all
   3880         ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old,
   3881         ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption.
   3882         **
   3883         ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain
   3884         ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00
   3885         ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized.
   3886         **
   3887         ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this
   3888         ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used
   3889         ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of
   3890         ** the potential journal header.
   3891         */
   3892         i64 iNextHdrOffset;
   3893         u8 aMagic[8];
   3894         u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4];
   3895 
   3896         memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
   3897         put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec);
   3898 
   3899         iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
   3900         rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset);
   3901         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){
   3902           static const u8 zerobyte = 0;
   3903           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset);
   3904         }
   3905         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
   3906           return rc;
   3907         }
   3908 
   3909         /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
   3910         ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
   3911         ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
   3912         ** it as a candidate for rollback.
   3913         **
   3914         ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
   3915         ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible
   3916         ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
   3917         ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
   3918         ** and never needs to be updated.
   3919         */
   3920         if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
   3921           PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
   3922           IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
   3923           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
   3924           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
   3925         }
   3926         IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr));
   3927         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(
   3928             pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr
   3929         );
   3930         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
   3931       }
   3932       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
   3933         PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
   3934         IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
   3935         rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags|
   3936           (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
   3937         );
   3938         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
   3939       }
   3940 
   3941       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
   3942       if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
   3943         pPager->nRec = 0;
   3944         rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
   3945         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
   3946       }
   3947     }else{
   3948       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
   3949     }
   3950   }
   3951 
   3952   /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just
   3953   ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on
   3954   ** all pages.
   3955   */
   3956   sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache);
   3957   pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD;
   3958   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
   3959   return SQLITE_OK;
   3960 }
   3961 
   3962 /*
   3963 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected
   3964 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the
   3965 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may
   3966 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is
   3967 ** a no-op.
   3968 **
   3969 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function
   3970 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock
   3971 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained,
   3972 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file.
   3973 **
   3974 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file
   3975 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is
   3976 ** written out.
   3977 **
   3978 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened,
   3979 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing
   3980 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria:
   3981 **
   3982 **   * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or
   3983 **   * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page.
   3984 **
   3985 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize
   3986 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached
   3987 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in
   3988 ** the database file.
   3989 **
   3990 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
   3991 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
   3992 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
   3993 */
   3994 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){
   3995   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
   3996 
   3997   /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */
   3998   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
   3999   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
   4000   assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
   4001 
   4002   /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It
   4003   ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch
   4004   ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files.
   4005   */
   4006   if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
   4007     assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK );
   4008     rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags);
   4009   }
   4010 
   4011   /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final
   4012   ** file size will be.
   4013   */
   4014   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) );
   4015   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbHintSize ){
   4016     sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize;
   4017     sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile);
   4018     pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
   4019   }
   4020 
   4021   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
   4022     Pgno pgno = pList->pgno;
   4023 
   4024     /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
   4025     ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to
   4026     ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
   4027     ** any such pages to the file.
   4028     **
   4029     ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag
   4030     ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()).
   4031     */
   4032     if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){
   4033       i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;   /* Offset to write */
   4034       char *pData;                                   /* Data to write */
   4035 
   4036       assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
   4037       if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
   4038 
   4039       /* Encode the database */
   4040       CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData);
   4041 
   4042       /* Write out the page data. */
   4043       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
   4044 
   4045       /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match
   4046       ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this
   4047       ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize.
   4048       */
   4049       if( pgno==1 ){
   4050         memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
   4051       }
   4052       if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
   4053         pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
   4054       }
   4055 
   4056       /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */
   4057       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData);
   4058 
   4059       PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
   4060                    PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList)));
   4061       IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
   4062       PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count);
   4063       PAGER_INCR(pPager->nWrite);
   4064     }else{
   4065       PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno));
   4066     }
   4067     pager_set_pagehash(pList);
   4068     pList = pList->pDirty;
   4069   }
   4070 
   4071   return rc;
   4072 }
   4073 
   4074 /*
   4075 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this
   4076 ** function is a no-op.
   4077 **
   4078 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An
   4079 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen()
   4080 ** fails.
   4081 */
   4082 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
   4083   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   4084   if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
   4085     if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){
   4086       sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->sjfd);
   4087     }else{
   4088       rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->sjfd, SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL);
   4089     }
   4090   }
   4091   return rc;
   4092 }
   4093 
   4094 /*
   4095 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal.
   4096 ** It is the callers responsibility to use subjRequiresPage() to check
   4097 ** that it is really required before calling this function.
   4098 **
   4099 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
   4100 ** for all open savepoints before returning.
   4101 **
   4102 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
   4103 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or
   4104 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
   4105 ** bitvec.
   4106 */
   4107 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){
   4108   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   4109   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
   4110   if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
   4111 
   4112     /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */
   4113     assert( pPager->useJournal );
   4114     assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) );
   4115     assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 );
   4116     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)
   4117          || pageInJournal(pPg)
   4118          || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize
   4119     );
   4120     rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
   4121 
   4122     /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open),
   4123     ** write the journal record into the file.  */
   4124     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   4125       void *pData = pPg->pData;
   4126       i64 offset = pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
   4127       char *pData2;
   4128 
   4129       CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2);
   4130       PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
   4131       rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
   4132       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   4133         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
   4134       }
   4135     }
   4136   }
   4137   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   4138     pPager->nSubRec++;
   4139     assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 );
   4140     rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
   4141   }
   4142   return rc;
   4143 }
   4144 
   4145 /*
   4146 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
   4147 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
   4148 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
   4149 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is
   4150 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
   4151 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first
   4152 ** argument.
   4153 **
   4154 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
   4155 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
   4156 ** journal file.
   4157 **
   4158 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
   4159 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
   4160 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be
   4161 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK
   4162 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called.
   4163 */
   4164 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){
   4165   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p;
   4166   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   4167 
   4168   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
   4169   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
   4170 
   4171   /* The doNotSyncSpill flag is set during times when doing a sync of
   4172   ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed.  This occurs
   4173   ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple
   4174   ** pages belonging to the same sector.
   4175   **
   4176   ** The doNotSpill flag inhibits all cache spilling regardless of whether
   4177   ** or not a sync is required.  This is set during a rollback.
   4178   **
   4179   ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
   4180   ** lead to database corruption.   In the current implementaton it
   4181   ** is impossible for sqlite3PCacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==1
   4182   ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
   4183   ** be called in the error state.  Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
   4184   ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
   4185   */
   4186   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK;
   4187   if( pPager->doNotSpill ) return SQLITE_OK;
   4188   if( pPager->doNotSyncSpill && (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 ){
   4189     return SQLITE_OK;
   4190   }
   4191 
   4192   pPg->pDirty = 0;
   4193   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
   4194     /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
   4195     if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
   4196       rc = subjournalPage(pPg);
   4197     }
   4198     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   4199       rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0, 0);
   4200     }
   4201   }else{
   4202 
   4203     /* Sync the journal file if required. */
   4204     if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
   4205      || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
   4206     ){
   4207       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1);
   4208     }
   4209 
   4210     /* If the page number of this page is larger than the current size of
   4211     ** the database image, it may need to be written to the sub-journal.
   4212     ** This is because the call to pager_write_pagelist() below will not
   4213     ** actually write data to the file in this case.
   4214     **
   4215     ** Consider the following sequence of events:
   4216     **
   4217     **   BEGIN;
   4218     **     <journal page X>
   4219     **     <modify page X>
   4220     **     SAVEPOINT sp;
   4221     **       <shrink database file to Y pages>
   4222     **       pagerStress(page X)
   4223     **     ROLLBACK TO sp;
   4224     **
   4225     ** If (X>Y), then when pagerStress is called page X will not be written
   4226     ** out to the database file, but will be dropped from the cache. Then,
   4227     ** following the "ROLLBACK TO sp" statement, reading page X will read
   4228     ** data from the database file. This will be the copy of page X as it
   4229     ** was when the transaction started, not as it was when "SAVEPOINT sp"
   4230     ** was executed.
   4231     **
   4232     ** The solution is to write the current data for page X into the
   4233     ** sub-journal file now (if it is not already there), so that it will
   4234     ** be restored to its current value when the "ROLLBACK TO sp" is
   4235     ** executed.
   4236     */
   4237     if( NEVER(
   4238         rc==SQLITE_OK && pPg->pgno>pPager->dbSize && subjRequiresPage(pPg)
   4239     ) ){
   4240       rc = subjournalPage(pPg);
   4241     }
   4242 
   4243     /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
   4244     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   4245       assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
   4246       rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg);
   4247     }
   4248   }
   4249 
   4250   /* Mark the page as clean. */
   4251   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   4252     PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
   4253     sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
   4254   }
   4255 
   4256   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
   4257 }
   4258 
   4259 
   4260 /*
   4261 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it
   4262 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it
   4263 ** to sqlite3PagerClose().
   4264 **
   4265 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open.
   4266 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
   4267 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted
   4268 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then
   4269 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk.
   4270 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database.
   4271 **
   4272 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated
   4273 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user
   4274 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API.
   4275 **
   4276 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the
   4277 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination
   4278 ** of the PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL and PAGER_NO_READLOCK flags.
   4279 **
   4280 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter
   4281 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files.
   4282 **
   4283 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened
   4284 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to
   4285 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL
   4286 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM
   4287 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or
   4288 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors.
   4289 */
   4290 int sqlite3PagerOpen(
   4291   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,       /* The virtual file system to use */
   4292   Pager **ppPager,         /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */
   4293   const char *zFilename,   /* Name of the database file to open */
   4294   int nExtra,              /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
   4295   int flags,               /* flags controlling this file */
   4296   int vfsFlags,            /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
   4297   void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */
   4298 ){
   4299   u8 *pPtr;
   4300   Pager *pPager = 0;       /* Pager object to allocate and return */
   4301   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
   4302   int tempFile = 0;        /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */
   4303   int memDb = 0;           /* True if this is an in-memory file */
   4304   int readOnly = 0;        /* True if this is a read-only file */
   4305   int journalFileSize;     /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */
   4306   char *zPathname = 0;     /* Full path to database file */
   4307   int nPathname = 0;       /* Number of bytes in zPathname */
   4308   int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */
   4309   int noReadlock = (flags & PAGER_NO_READLOCK)!=0;  /* True to omit read-lock */
   4310   int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize();       /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
   4311   u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;  /* Default page size */
   4312 
   4313   /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle
   4314   ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). This
   4315   ** is the maximum space required for an in-memory journal file handle
   4316   ** and a regular journal file-handle. Note that a "regular journal-handle"
   4317   ** may be a wrapper capable of caching the first portion of the journal
   4318   ** file in memory to implement the atomic-write optimization (see
   4319   ** source file journal.c).
   4320   */
   4321   if( sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)>sqlite3MemJournalSize() ){
   4322     journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
   4323   }else{
   4324     journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3MemJournalSize());
   4325   }
   4326 
   4327   /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
   4328   *ppPager = 0;
   4329 
   4330 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
   4331   if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){
   4332     memDb = 1;
   4333     zFilename = 0;
   4334   }
   4335 #endif
   4336 
   4337   /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
   4338   ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
   4339   ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
   4340   */
   4341   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
   4342     nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
   4343     zPathname = sqlite3Malloc(nPathname*2);
   4344     if( zPathname==0 ){
   4345       return SQLITE_NOMEM;
   4346     }
   4347     zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */
   4348     rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname);
   4349     nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
   4350     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){
   4351       /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by
   4352       ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname
   4353       ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened,
   4354       ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even
   4355       ** check for a hot-journal before reading.
   4356       */
   4357       rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
   4358     }
   4359     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   4360       sqlite3_free(zPathname);
   4361       return rc;
   4362     }
   4363   }
   4364 
   4365   /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the
   4366   ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal
   4367   ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows:
   4368   **
   4369   **     Pager object                    (sizeof(Pager) bytes)
   4370   **     PCache object                   (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes)
   4371   **     Database file handle            (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
   4372   **     Sub-journal file handle         (journalFileSize bytes)
   4373   **     Main journal file handle        (journalFileSize bytes)
   4374   **     Database file name              (nPathname+1 bytes)
   4375   **     Journal file name               (nPathname+8+1 bytes)
   4376   */
   4377   pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero(
   4378     ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) +      /* Pager structure */
   4379     ROUND8(pcacheSize) +           /* PCache object */
   4380     ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) +       /* The main db file */
   4381     journalFileSize * 2 +          /* The two journal files */
   4382     nPathname + 1 +                /* zFilename */
   4383     nPathname + 8 + 1              /* zJournal */
   4384 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
   4385     + nPathname + 4 + 1              /* zWal */
   4386 #endif
   4387   );
   4388   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) );
   4389   if( !pPtr ){
   4390     sqlite3_free(zPathname);
   4391     return SQLITE_NOMEM;
   4392   }
   4393   pPager =              (Pager*)(pPtr);
   4394   pPager->pPCache =    (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)));
   4395   pPager->fd =   (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize));
   4396   pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile));
   4397   pPager->jfd =  (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
   4398   pPager->zFilename =    (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
   4399   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) );
   4400 
   4401   /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */
   4402   if( zPathname ){
   4403     assert( nPathname>0 );
   4404     pPager->zJournal =   (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1);
   4405     memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname);
   4406     memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname);
   4407     memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal", 8);
   4408 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
   4409     pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1];
   4410     memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname);
   4411     memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal", 4);
   4412 #endif
   4413     sqlite3_free(zPathname);
   4414   }
   4415   pPager->pVfs = pVfs;
   4416   pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags;
   4417 
   4418   /* Open the pager file.
   4419   */
   4420   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
   4421     int fout = 0;                    /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
   4422     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout);
   4423     assert( !memDb );
   4424     readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
   4425 
   4426     /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
   4427     ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
   4428     ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
   4429     **
   4430     **    + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
   4431     **    + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
   4432     **    + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
   4433     */
   4434     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !readOnly ){
   4435       setSectorSize(pPager);
   4436       assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE);
   4437       if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){
   4438         if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){
   4439           szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
   4440         }else{
   4441           szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize;
   4442         }
   4443       }
   4444 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
   4445       {
   4446         int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
   4447         int ii;
   4448         assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
   4449         assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
   4450         assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536);
   4451         for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){
   4452           if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){
   4453             szPageDflt = ii;
   4454           }
   4455         }
   4456       }
   4457 #endif
   4458     }
   4459   }else{
   4460     /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
   4461     ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
   4462     ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
   4463     **
   4464     ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory
   4465     ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to
   4466     ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
   4467     */
   4468     tempFile = 1;
   4469     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
   4470     pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;
   4471     readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
   4472   }
   4473 
   4474   /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of
   4475   ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer.
   4476   */
   4477   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   4478     assert( pPager->memDb==0 );
   4479     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1);
   4480     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
   4481   }
   4482 
   4483   /* If an error occurred in either of the blocks above, free the
   4484   ** Pager structure and close the file.
   4485   */
   4486   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   4487     assert( !pPager->pTmpSpace );
   4488     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
   4489     sqlite3_free(pPager);
   4490     return rc;
   4491   }
   4492 
   4493   /* Initialize the PCache object. */
   4494   assert( nExtra<1000 );
   4495   nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra);
   4496   sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb,
   4497                     !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache);
   4498 
   4499   PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename));
   4500   IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename))
   4501 
   4502   pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal;
   4503   pPager->noReadlock = (noReadlock && readOnly) ?1:0;
   4504   /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
   4505   /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
   4506   /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
   4507   /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
   4508   /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
   4509   /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
   4510   pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT;
   4511   /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
   4512 #if 0
   4513   assert( pPager->state == (tempFile ? PAGER_EXCLUSIVE : PAGER_UNLOCK) );
   4514 #endif
   4515   /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
   4516   pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile;
   4517   assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
   4518           || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
   4519   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
   4520   pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile;
   4521   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
   4522   pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb;
   4523   pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly;
   4524   assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile );
   4525   pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile;
   4526   pPager->fullSync = pPager->noSync ?0:1;
   4527   pPager->syncFlags = pPager->noSync ? 0 : SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
   4528   pPager->ckptSyncFlags = pPager->syncFlags;
   4529   /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
   4530   /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
   4531   /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
   4532   pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra;
   4533   pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT;
   4534   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile );
   4535   setSectorSize(pPager);
   4536   if( !useJournal ){
   4537     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF;
   4538   }else if( memDb ){
   4539     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY;
   4540   }
   4541   /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
   4542   /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
   4543   pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
   4544   /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
   4545 
   4546   *ppPager = pPager;
   4547   return SQLITE_OK;
   4548 }
   4549 
   4550 
   4551 
   4552 /*
   4553 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
   4554 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
   4555 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that
   4556 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
   4557 ** file exists if the following criteria are met:
   4558 **
   4559 **   * The journal file exists in the file system, and
   4560 **   * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and
   4561 **   * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and
   4562 **   * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00.
   4563 **
   4564 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
   4565 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
   4566 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is
   4567 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK
   4568 ** is returned.
   4569 **
   4570 ** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename
   4571 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file
   4572 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this
   4573 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback()
   4574 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and
   4575 ** will not roll it back.
   4576 **
   4577 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and
   4578 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
   4579 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
   4580 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
   4581 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined.
   4582 */
   4583 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){
   4584   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
   4585   int rc = SQLITE_OK;           /* Return code */
   4586   int exists = 1;               /* True if a journal file is present */
   4587   int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd);
   4588 
   4589   assert( pPager->useJournal );
   4590   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
   4591   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
   4592 
   4593   assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) &
   4594     SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
   4595   ));
   4596 
   4597   *pExists = 0;
   4598   if( !jrnlOpen ){
   4599     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
   4600   }
   4601   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
   4602     int locked = 0;             /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
   4603 
   4604     /* Race condition here:  Another process might have been holding the
   4605     ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess()
   4606     ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before
   4607     ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call.  If that
   4608     ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when
   4609     ** in fact there is none.  This results in a false-positive which will
   4610     ** be dealt with by the playback routine.  Ticket #3883.
   4611     */
   4612     rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked);
   4613     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){
   4614       Pgno nPage;                 /* Number of pages in database file */
   4615 
   4616       /* Check the size of the database file. If it consists of 0 pages,
   4617       ** then delete the journal file. See the header comment above for
   4618       ** the reasoning here.  Delete the obsolete journal file under
   4619       ** a RESERVED lock to avoid race conditions and to avoid violating
   4620       ** [H33020].
   4621       */
   4622       rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
   4623       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   4624         if( nPage==0 ){
   4625           sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
   4626           if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){
   4627             sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
   4628             if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
   4629           }
   4630           sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
   4631         }else{
   4632           /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved
   4633           ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is
   4634           ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file.
   4635           ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not,
   4636           ** it can be ignored.
   4637           */
   4638           if( !jrnlOpen ){
   4639             int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
   4640             rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f);
   4641           }
   4642           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   4643             u8 first = 0;
   4644             rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0);
   4645             if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
   4646               rc = SQLITE_OK;
   4647             }
   4648             if( !jrnlOpen ){
   4649               sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
   4650             }
   4651             *pExists = (first!=0);
   4652           }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
   4653             /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
   4654             ** its has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or
   4655             ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in
   4656             ** ticket #3883.  Either way, assume that the journal is hot.
   4657             ** This might be a false positive.  But if it is, then the
   4658             ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal
   4659             ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to
   4660             ** worry so much with race conditions.
   4661             */
   4662             *pExists = 1;
   4663             rc = SQLITE_OK;
   4664           }
   4665         }
   4666       }
   4667     }
   4668   }
   4669 
   4670   return rc;
   4671 }
   4672 
   4673 /*
   4674 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file.
   4675 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerAcquire() until after this function
   4676 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when
   4677 ** this function is called, it is a no-op.
   4678 **
   4679 ** The following operations are also performed by this function.
   4680 **
   4681 **   1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held
   4682 **      on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
   4683 **      SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
   4684 **      the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
   4685 **      which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal
   4686 **      rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking
   4687 **      the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and
   4688 **      discarded if they are found to be invalid.
   4689 **
   4690 **   2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently
   4691 **      no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state,
   4692 **      then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding
   4693 **      the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
   4694 **      file.
   4695 **
   4696 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
   4697 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or
   4698 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
   4699 */
   4700 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
   4701   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                /* Return code */
   4702 
   4703   /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no
   4704   ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either
   4705   ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in
   4706   ** exclusive access mode.
   4707   */
   4708   assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
   4709   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
   4710   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
   4711   if( NEVER(MEMDB && pPager->errCode) ){ return pPager->errCode; }
   4712 
   4713   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){
   4714     int bHotJournal = 1;          /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */
   4715 
   4716     assert( !MEMDB );
   4717     assert( pPager->noReadlock==0 || pPager->readOnly );
   4718 
   4719     if( pPager->noReadlock==0 ){
   4720       rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
   4721       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   4722         assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK );
   4723         goto failed;
   4724       }
   4725     }
   4726 
   4727     /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
   4728     ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
   4729     */
   4730     if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){
   4731       rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal);
   4732     }
   4733     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   4734       goto failed;
   4735     }
   4736     if( bHotJournal ){
   4737       /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
   4738       ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
   4739       ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
   4740       ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
   4741       ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the
   4742       ** hot-journal back.
   4743       **
   4744       ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any
   4745       ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to
   4746       ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock
   4747       ** on the database file.
   4748       **
   4749       ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is
   4750       ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns.
   4751       */
   4752       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
   4753       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   4754         goto failed;
   4755       }
   4756 
   4757       /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the
   4758       ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because
   4759       ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open
   4760       ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access
   4761       ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist
   4762       ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems).
   4763       **
   4764       ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some
   4765       ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before
   4766       ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it
   4767       ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
   4768       ** function was called and the journal file does not exist.
   4769       */
   4770       if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
   4771         sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
   4772         int bExists;              /* True if journal file exists */
   4773         rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
   4774             pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists);
   4775         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){
   4776           int fout = 0;
   4777           int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
   4778           assert( !pPager->tempFile );
   4779           rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout);
   4780           assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
   4781           if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
   4782             rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
   4783             sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
   4784           }
   4785         }
   4786       }
   4787 
   4788       /* Playback and delete the journal.  Drop the database write
   4789       ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
   4790       ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
   4791       ** an inconsistent cache.  Sync the hot journal before playing
   4792       ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal
   4793       ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync
   4794       ** the journal before playing it back.
   4795       */
   4796       if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
   4797         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
   4798         rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager);
   4799         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   4800           rc = pager_playback(pPager, 1);
   4801           pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
   4802         }
   4803       }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
   4804         pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
   4805       }
   4806 
   4807       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   4808         /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open
   4809         ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
   4810         ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock
   4811         ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be
   4812         ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for
   4813         ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation).
   4814         **
   4815         ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to
   4816         ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition
   4817         ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file,
   4818         ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very
   4819         ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling
   4820         ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible
   4821         ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page
   4822         ** references.
   4823         */
   4824         pager_error(pPager, rc);
   4825         goto failed;
   4826       }
   4827 
   4828       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
   4829       assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK)
   4830            || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK)
   4831       );
   4832     }
   4833 
   4834     if( !pPager->tempFile
   4835      && (pPager->pBackup || sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)>0)
   4836     ){
   4837       /* The shared-lock has just been acquired on the database file
   4838       ** and there are already pages in the cache (from a previous
   4839       ** read or write transaction).  Check to see if the database
   4840       ** has been modified.  If the database has changed, flush the
   4841       ** cache.
   4842       **
   4843       ** Database changes is detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
   4844       ** at offset 24 into the file.  The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
   4845       ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change.  The
   4846       ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
   4847       ** a codec is in use.
   4848       **
   4849       ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be
   4850       ** detected.  The chance of an undetected change is so small that
   4851       ** it can be neglected.
   4852       */
   4853       Pgno nPage = 0;
   4854       char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)];
   4855 
   4856       rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
   4857       if( rc ) goto failed;
   4858 
   4859       if( nPage>0 ){
   4860         IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers)));
   4861         rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24);
   4862         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   4863           goto failed;
   4864         }
   4865       }else{
   4866         memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers));
   4867       }
   4868 
   4869       if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){
   4870         pager_reset(pPager);
   4871       }
   4872     }
   4873 
   4874     /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL
   4875     ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op.
   4876     */
   4877     rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager);
   4878 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
   4879     assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
   4880 #endif
   4881   }
   4882 
   4883   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
   4884     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
   4885     rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager);
   4886   }
   4887 
   4888   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   4889     rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize);
   4890   }
   4891 
   4892  failed:
   4893   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   4894     assert( !MEMDB );
   4895     pager_unlock(pPager);
   4896     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
   4897   }else{
   4898     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
   4899   }
   4900   return rc;
   4901 }
   4902 
   4903 /*
   4904 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active
   4905 ** transaction and unlock the pager.
   4906 **
   4907 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
   4908 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
   4909 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
   4910 */
   4911 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
   4912   if( (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0) ){
   4913     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
   4914   }
   4915 }
   4916 
   4917 /*
   4918 ** Acquire a reference to page number pgno in pager pPager (a page
   4919 ** reference has type DbPage*). If the requested reference is
   4920 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned.
   4921 **
   4922 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned.
   4923 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data
   4924 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may
   4925 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing
   4926 ** object with no outstanding references.
   4927 **
   4928 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the
   4929 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is
   4930 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra
   4931 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used.
   4932 **
   4933 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if a
   4934 ** non-zero value is passed as the noContent parameter and the
   4935 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no
   4936 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the
   4937 ** page is initialized to all zeros.
   4938 **
   4939 ** If noContent is true, it means that we do not care about the contents
   4940 ** of the page. This occurs in two seperate scenarios:
   4941 **
   4942 **   a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and
   4943 **
   4944 **   b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load
   4945 **      a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read
   4946 **      from the savepoint journal.
   4947 **
   4948 ** If noContent is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead of
   4949 ** being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding
   4950 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the
   4951 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open
   4952 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any
   4953 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents
   4954 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO.
   4955 **
   4956 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons.  In all cases,
   4957 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
   4958 **
   4959 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup().  Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
   4960 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first.  If the page is not already
   4961 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
   4962 ** just returns 0.  This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
   4963 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
   4964 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
   4965 ** or journal files.
   4966 */
   4967 int sqlite3PagerAcquire(
   4968   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
   4969   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
   4970   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
   4971   int noContent       /* Do not bother reading content from disk if true */
   4972 ){
   4973   /* This just passes through to our modified version with NULL data. */
   4974   return sqlite3PagerAcquire2(pPager, pgno, ppPage, noContent, 0);
   4975 }
   4976 
   4977 /*
   4978 ** This is an internal version of sqlite3PagerAcquire that takes an extra
   4979 ** parameter of data to use to fill the page with. This allows more efficient
   4980 ** filling for preloaded data. If this extra parameter is NULL, we'll go to
   4981 ** the file.
   4982 **
   4983 ** See sqlite3PagerLoadall which uses this function.
   4984 */
   4985 int sqlite3PagerAcquire2(
   4986   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
   4987   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
   4988   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
   4989   int noContent,      /* Do not bother reading content from disk if true */
   4990   unsigned char* pDataToFill
   4991 ){
   4992   int rc;
   4993   PgHdr *pPg;
   4994 
   4995   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
   4996   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
   4997 
   4998   if( pgno==0 ){
   4999     return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
   5000   }
   5001 
   5002   /* If the pager is in the error state, return an error immediately.
   5003   ** Otherwise, request the page from the PCache layer. */
   5004   if( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ){
   5005     rc = pPager->errCode;
   5006   }else{
   5007     rc = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 1, ppPage);
   5008   }
   5009 
   5010   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   5011     /* Either the call to sqlite3PcacheFetch() returned an error or the
   5012     ** pager was already in the error-state when this function was called.
   5013     ** Set pPg to 0 and jump to the exception handler.  */
   5014     pPg = 0;
   5015     goto pager_acquire_err;
   5016   }
   5017   assert( (*ppPage)->pgno==pgno );
   5018   assert( (*ppPage)->pPager==pPager || (*ppPage)->pPager==0 );
   5019 
   5020   if( (*ppPage)->pPager && !noContent ){
   5021     /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of
   5022     ** the page. Return without further ado.  */
   5023     assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
   5024     PAGER_INCR(pPager->nHit);
   5025     return SQLITE_OK;
   5026 
   5027   }else{
   5028     /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to
   5029     ** be initialized.  */
   5030 
   5031     PAGER_INCR(pPager->nMiss);
   5032     pPg = *ppPage;
   5033     pPg->pPager = pPager;
   5034 
   5035     /* The maximum page number is 2^31. Return SQLITE_CORRUPT if a page
   5036     ** number greater than this, or the unused locking-page, is requested. */
   5037     if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
   5038       rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
   5039       goto pager_acquire_err;
   5040     }
   5041 
   5042     if( MEMDB || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent || !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
   5043       if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){
   5044         rc = SQLITE_FULL;
   5045         goto pager_acquire_err;
   5046       }
   5047       if( noContent ){
   5048         /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
   5049         ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a
   5050         ** page that does not need to be journaled.  Nevertheless, be sure
   5051         ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set
   5052         ** a bit in a bit vector.
   5053         */
   5054         sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
   5055         if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
   5056           TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno);
   5057           testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
   5058         }
   5059         TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno);
   5060         testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
   5061         sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
   5062       }
   5063       memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
   5064       IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
   5065     }else{
   5066       assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
   5067       if( pDataToFill ){
   5068         /* Just copy from the given memory */
   5069         memcpy(pPg->pData, pDataToFill, pPager->pageSize);
   5070         CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
   5071                                                  goto pager_acquire_err);
   5072       }else{
   5073         /* Load from disk (old regular sqlite code path) */
   5074         rc = readDbPage(pPg);
   5075         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   5076           goto pager_acquire_err;
   5077         }
   5078       }
   5079     }
   5080     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
   5081   }
   5082 
   5083   return SQLITE_OK;
   5084 
   5085 pager_acquire_err:
   5086   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
   5087   if( pPg ){
   5088     sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
   5089   }
   5090   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
   5091 
   5092   *ppPage = 0;
   5093   return rc;
   5094 }
   5095 
   5096 /*
   5097 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache.  Do
   5098 ** not read the page from disk.  Return a pointer to the page,
   5099 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
   5100 **
   5101 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet().  The difference between this routine
   5102 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
   5103 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache.  This routine
   5104 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error
   5105 ** has ever happened.
   5106 */
   5107 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
   5108   PgHdr *pPg = 0;
   5109   assert( pPager!=0 );
   5110   assert( pgno!=0 );
   5111   assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 );
   5112   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
   5113   sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &pPg);
   5114   return pPg;
   5115 }
   5116 
   5117 /*
   5118 ** Release a page reference.
   5119 **
   5120 ** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the
   5121 ** page is added to the LRU list.  When all references to all pages
   5122 ** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is
   5123 ** removed.
   5124 */
   5125 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){
   5126   if( pPg ){
   5127     Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
   5128     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
   5129     pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
   5130   }
   5131 }
   5132 
   5133 #if defined(__APPLE__)
   5134 /*
   5135 ** Create and return a CFURLRef given a cstring containing the path to a file.
   5136 */
   5137 static CFURLRef create_cfurl_from_cstring(const char* filePath){
   5138   CFStringRef urlString = CFStringCreateWithFileSystemRepresentation(
   5139       kCFAllocatorDefault, filePath);
   5140   CFURLRef urlRef = CFURLCreateWithFileSystemPath(kCFAllocatorDefault,
   5141       urlString, kCFURLPOSIXPathStyle, FALSE);
   5142   CFRelease(urlString);
   5143   return urlRef;
   5144 }
   5145 #endif
   5146 
   5147 /*
   5148 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
   5149 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database
   5150 ** file when this routine is called.
   5151 **
   5152 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
   5153 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
   5154 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being
   5155 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used
   5156 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
   5157 **
   5158 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
   5159 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
   5160 ** already open file.
   5161 **
   5162 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
   5163 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
   5164 **
   5165 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return
   5166 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or
   5167 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
   5168 */
   5169 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
   5170   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                        /* Return code */
   5171   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;   /* Local cache of vfs pointer */
   5172 
   5173   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
   5174   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
   5175   assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
   5176 
   5177   /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op.  But on
   5178   ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in
   5179   ** an error state. */
   5180   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
   5181 
   5182   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
   5183     pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
   5184     if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
   5185       return SQLITE_NOMEM;
   5186     }
   5187 
   5188     /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
   5189     if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
   5190       if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
   5191         sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd);
   5192       }else{
   5193         const int flags =                   /* VFS flags to open journal file */
   5194           SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|
   5195           (pPager->tempFile ?
   5196             (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL):
   5197             (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL)
   5198           );
   5199   #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
   5200         rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(
   5201             pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
   5202         );
   5203   #else
   5204         rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, 0);
   5205   #endif
   5206 #if defined(__APPLE__)
   5207         /* Set the TimeMachine exclusion metadata for the journal if it has
   5208         ** been set for the database. Only do this for unix-type vfs
   5209         ** implementations. */
   5210         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->zFilename!=NULL
   5211          && strlen(pPager->zFilename)>0
   5212          && strncmp(pVfs->zName, "unix", 4)==0
   5213          && ( pVfs->zName[4]=='-' || pVfs->zName[4]=='\0' ) ){
   5214           CFURLRef database = create_cfurl_from_cstring(pPager->zFilename);
   5215           if( CSBackupIsItemExcluded(database, NULL) ){
   5216             CFURLRef journal = create_cfurl_from_cstring(pPager->zJournal);
   5217             /* Ignore errors from the following exclusion call. */
   5218             CSBackupSetItemExcluded(journal, TRUE, FALSE);
   5219             CFRelease(journal);
   5220           }
   5221           CFRelease(database);
   5222         }
   5223 #endif
   5224       }
   5225       assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
   5226     }
   5227 
   5228 
   5229     /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open
   5230     ** the sub-journal if necessary.
   5231     */
   5232     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   5233       /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
   5234       pPager->nRec = 0;
   5235       pPager->journalOff = 0;
   5236       pPager->setMaster = 0;
   5237       pPager->journalHdr = 0;
   5238       rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
   5239     }
   5240   }
   5241 
   5242   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   5243     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
   5244     pPager->pInJournal = 0;
   5245   }else{
   5246     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
   5247     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD;
   5248   }
   5249 
   5250   return rc;
   5251 }
   5252 
   5253 /*
   5254 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a
   5255 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
   5256 **
   5257 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
   5258 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
   5259 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking
   5260 ** functions need be called.
   5261 **
   5262 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
   5263 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This
   5264 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
   5265 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
   5266 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
   5267 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database,
   5268 ** or using a temporary file otherwise.
   5269 */
   5270 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){
   5271   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   5272 
   5273   if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode;
   5274   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR );
   5275   pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory;
   5276 
   5277   if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){
   5278     assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
   5279 
   5280     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
   5281       /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an
   5282       ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now.
   5283       */
   5284       if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){
   5285         rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
   5286         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   5287           return rc;
   5288         }
   5289         sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1);
   5290       }
   5291 
   5292       /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to
   5293       ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller.
   5294       ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already
   5295       ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it.
   5296       */
   5297       rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
   5298     }else{
   5299       /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
   5300       ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
   5301       ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
   5302       ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
   5303       */
   5304       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
   5305       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){
   5306         rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
   5307       }
   5308     }
   5309 
   5310     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   5311       /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state.
   5312       **
   5313       ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD
   5314       ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED.
   5315       ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint
   5316       ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database
   5317       ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in
   5318       ** WAL mode.
   5319       */
   5320       pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED;
   5321       pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
   5322       pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize;
   5323       pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize;
   5324       pPager->journalOff = 0;
   5325     }
   5326 
   5327     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
   5328     assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
   5329     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
   5330   }
   5331 
   5332   PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
   5333   return rc;
   5334 }
   5335 
   5336 /*
   5337 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the
   5338 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
   5339 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the
   5340 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
   5341 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
   5342 */
   5343 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){
   5344   void *pData = pPg->pData;
   5345   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
   5346   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   5347 
   5348   /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already
   5349   ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point.
   5350   ** It is never called in the ERROR state.
   5351   */
   5352   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
   5353        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
   5354        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
   5355   );
   5356   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
   5357 
   5358   /* If an error has been previously detected, report the same error
   5359   ** again. This should not happen, but the check provides robustness. */
   5360   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) )  return pPager->errCode;
   5361 
   5362   /* Higher-level routines never call this function if database is not
   5363   ** writable.  But check anyway, just for robustness. */
   5364   if( NEVER(pPager->readOnly) ) return SQLITE_PERM;
   5365 
   5366   CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
   5367 
   5368   /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already
   5369   ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the
   5370   ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case.
   5371   **
   5372   ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page.
   5373   ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then
   5374   ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state
   5375   ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache.
   5376   */
   5377   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
   5378     rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
   5379     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
   5380   }
   5381   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
   5382   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
   5383 
   5384   /* Mark the page as dirty.  If the page has already been written
   5385   ** to the journal then we can return right away.
   5386   */
   5387   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
   5388   if( pageInJournal(pPg) && !subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
   5389     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
   5390   }else{
   5391 
   5392     /* The transaction journal now exists and we have a RESERVED or an
   5393     ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the main database file.  Write the current page to
   5394     ** the transaction journal if it is not there already.
   5395     */
   5396     if( !pageInJournal(pPg) && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
   5397       assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
   5398       if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize && isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
   5399         u32 cksum;
   5400         char *pData2;
   5401         i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff;
   5402 
   5403         /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
   5404         ** contains the database locks.  The following assert verifies
   5405         ** that we do not. */
   5406         assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
   5407 
   5408         assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff );
   5409         CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2);
   5410         cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
   5411 
   5412         /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the
   5413         ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page.
   5414         ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in
   5415         ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored
   5416         ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so,
   5417         ** then corruption may follow.
   5418         */
   5419         pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
   5420 
   5421         rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno);
   5422         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
   5423         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4);
   5424         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
   5425         rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum);
   5426         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
   5427 
   5428         IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno,
   5429                  pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
   5430         PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
   5431         PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
   5432              PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
   5433              ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg)));
   5434 
   5435         pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize;
   5436         pPager->nRec++;
   5437         assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
   5438         rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
   5439         testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
   5440         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
   5441         rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
   5442         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   5443           assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
   5444           return rc;
   5445         }
   5446       }else{
   5447         if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){
   5448           pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
   5449         }
   5450         PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
   5451                 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
   5452                ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0)));
   5453       }
   5454     }
   5455 
   5456     /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
   5457     ** then write the current page to the statement journal.  Note that
   5458     ** the statement journal format differs from the standard journal format
   5459     ** in that it omits the checksums and the header.
   5460     */
   5461     if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
   5462       rc = subjournalPage(pPg);
   5463     }
   5464   }
   5465 
   5466   /* Update the database size and return.
   5467   */
   5468   if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){
   5469     pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
   5470   }
   5471   return rc;
   5472 }
   5473 
   5474 /*
   5475 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before
   5476 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value
   5477 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless
   5478 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
   5479 **
   5480 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
   5481 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
   5482 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
   5483 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
   5484 **
   5485 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
   5486 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
   5487 */
   5488 int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage *pDbPage){
   5489   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   5490 
   5491   PgHdr *pPg = pDbPage;
   5492   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
   5493   Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);
   5494 
   5495   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
   5496   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
   5497   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
   5498 
   5499   if( nPagePerSector>1 ){
   5500     Pgno nPageCount;          /* Total number of pages in database file */
   5501     Pgno pg1;                 /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
   5502     int nPage = 0;            /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
   5503     int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
   5504     int needSync = 0;         /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
   5505 
   5506     /* Set the doNotSyncSpill flag to 1. This is because we cannot allow
   5507     ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
   5508     ** this function.
   5509     */
   5510     assert( !MEMDB );
   5511     assert( pPager->doNotSyncSpill==0 );
   5512     pPager->doNotSyncSpill++;
   5513 
   5514     /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
   5515     ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
   5516     ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
   5517     */
   5518     pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;
   5519 
   5520     nPageCount = pPager->dbSize;
   5521     if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
   5522       nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
   5523     }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
   5524       nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
   5525     }else{
   5526       nPage = nPagePerSector;
   5527     }
   5528     assert(nPage>0);
   5529     assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
   5530     assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);
   5531 
   5532     for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
   5533       Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
   5534       PgHdr *pPage;
   5535       if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
   5536         if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
   5537           rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage);
   5538           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   5539             rc = pager_write(pPage);
   5540             if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
   5541               needSync = 1;
   5542             }
   5543             sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
   5544           }
   5545         }
   5546       }else if( (pPage = pager_lookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
   5547         if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
   5548           needSync = 1;
   5549         }
   5550         sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
   5551       }
   5552     }
   5553 
   5554     /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages
   5555     ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
   5556     ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
   5557     ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
   5558     ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
   5559     */
   5560     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){
   5561       assert( !MEMDB );
   5562       for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){
   5563         PgHdr *pPage = pager_lookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
   5564         if( pPage ){
   5565           pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
   5566           sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
   5567         }
   5568       }
   5569     }
   5570 
   5571     assert( pPager->doNotSyncSpill==1 );
   5572     pPager->doNotSyncSpill--;
   5573   }else{
   5574     rc = pager_write(pDbPage);
   5575   }
   5576   return rc;
   5577 }
   5578 
   5579 /*
   5580 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
   5581 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite().  In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
   5582 ** to change the content of the page.
   5583 */
   5584 #ifndef NDEBUG
   5585 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){
   5586   return pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY;
   5587 }
   5588 #endif
   5589 
   5590 /*
   5591 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
   5592 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
   5593 ** that page might be marked as dirty.  This happens, for example, when
   5594 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its
   5595 ** content no longer matters.
   5596 **
   5597 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
   5598 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
   5599 ** that it does not get written to disk.
   5600 **
   5601 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large
   5602 ** DELETE operations.
   5603 */
   5604 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
   5605   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
   5606   if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){
   5607     PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)));
   5608     IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
   5609     pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
   5610     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
   5611   }
   5612 }
   5613 
   5614 /*
   5615 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file
   5616 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at
   5617 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file.  The secondary change counter at
   5618 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96.
   5619 **
   5620 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false.
   5621 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once.
   5622 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an
   5623 ** unconditional update of the change counters.
   5624 **
   5625 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling
   5626 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
   5627 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current
   5628 ** transaction is committed.
   5629 **
   5630 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled
   5631 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case,
   5632 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly
   5633 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the
   5634 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function.
   5635 */
   5636 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){
   5637   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   5638 
   5639   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
   5640        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
   5641   );
   5642   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
   5643 
   5644   /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the
   5645   ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect
   5646   ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter
   5647   ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero.
   5648   **
   5649   ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not
   5650   ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of
   5651   ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the
   5652   ** "if( isDirect )" condition.
   5653   */
   5654 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
   5655 # define DIRECT_MODE 0
   5656   assert( isDirectMode==0 );
   5657   UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode);
   5658 #else
   5659 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode
   5660 #endif
   5661 
   5662   if( !pPager->changeCountDone && pPager->dbSize>0 ){
   5663     PgHdr *pPgHdr;                /* Reference to page 1 */
   5664 
   5665     assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) );
   5666 
   5667     /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
   5668     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr);
   5669     assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
   5670 
   5671     /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
   5672     ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable.  When not in
   5673     ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
   5674     ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
   5675     */
   5676     if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){
   5677       rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr);
   5678     }
   5679 
   5680     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   5681       /* Actually do the update of the change counter */
   5682       pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr);
   5683 
   5684       /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */
   5685       if( DIRECT_MODE ){
   5686         const void *zBuf;
   5687         assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 );
   5688         CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, zBuf);
   5689         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   5690           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
   5691         }
   5692         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   5693           pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
   5694         }
   5695       }else{
   5696         pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
   5697       }
   5698     }
   5699 
   5700     /* Release the page reference. */
   5701     sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
   5702   }
   5703   return rc;
   5704 }
   5705 
   5706 /*
   5707 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases
   5708 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
   5709 **
   5710 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
   5711 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
   5712 */
   5713 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager){
   5714   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   5715   if( !pPager->noSync ){
   5716     assert( !MEMDB );
   5717     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags);
   5718   }else if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
   5719     assert( !MEMDB );
   5720     sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED, (void *)&rc);
   5721   }
   5722   return rc;
   5723 }
   5724 
   5725 /*
   5726 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in
   5727 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op.
   5728 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on
   5729 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one.
   5730 **
   5731 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is
   5732 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned.
   5733 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is
   5734 ** returned.
   5735 */
   5736 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
   5737   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   5738   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
   5739        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
   5740        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
   5741   );
   5742   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
   5743   if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
   5744     rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
   5745   }
   5746   return rc;
   5747 }
   5748 
   5749 /*
   5750 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name
   5751 ** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual
   5752 ** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master
   5753 ** journal (a single database transaction).
   5754 **
   5755 ** This routine ensures that:
   5756 **
   5757 **   * The database file change-counter is updated,
   5758 **   * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
   5759 **   * all dirty pages are written to the database file,
   5760 **   * the database file is truncated (if required), and
   5761 **   * the database file synced.
   5762 **
   5763 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize
   5764 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or
   5765 ** delete the master journal file if specified).
   5766 **
   5767 ** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
   5768 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
   5769 **
   5770 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
   5771 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
   5772 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
   5773 ** journal file in this case.
   5774 */
   5775 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
   5776   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
   5777   const char *zMaster,            /* If not NULL, the master journal name */
   5778   int noSync                      /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */
   5779 ){
   5780   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
   5781 
   5782   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
   5783        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
   5784        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
   5785        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
   5786   );
   5787   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
   5788 
   5789   /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */
   5790   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
   5791 
   5792   PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n",
   5793       pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize));
   5794 
   5795   /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */
   5796   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK;
   5797 
   5798   if( MEMDB ){
   5799     /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
   5800     ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op.  However, any
   5801     ** backup in progress needs to be restarted.
   5802     */
   5803     sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
   5804   }else{
   5805     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
   5806       PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
   5807       PgHdr *pPageOne = 0;
   5808       if( pList==0 ){
   5809         /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag.
   5810         ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */
   5811         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne);
   5812         pList = pPageOne;
   5813         pList->pDirty = 0;
   5814       }
   5815       assert( pList!=0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
   5816       if( pList ){
   5817         rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1,
   5818             (pPager->fullSync ? pPager->syncFlags : 0)
   5819         );
   5820       }
   5821       sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne);
   5822       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   5823         sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
   5824       }
   5825     }else{
   5826       /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
   5827       ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
   5828       ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the
   5829       ** runtime criteria to use the operation:
   5830       **
   5831       **    * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
   5832       **      blocks of size page-size, and
   5833       **    * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
   5834       **    * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
   5835       **
   5836       ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the
   5837       ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change
   5838       ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but
   5839       ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
   5840       ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
   5841       ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
   5842       ** mode.
   5843       **
   5844       ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
   5845       ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
   5846       ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
   5847       ** created for this transaction.
   5848       */
   5849   #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
   5850       PgHdr *pPg;
   5851       assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd)
   5852            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
   5853            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
   5854       );
   5855       if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd)
   5856        && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
   5857        && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize
   5858        && (0==(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty)
   5859       ){
   5860         /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The
   5861         ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1
   5862         ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1
   5863         ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write
   5864         ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
   5865         */
   5866         rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
   5867       }else{
   5868         rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
   5869         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   5870           rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
   5871         }
   5872       }
   5873   #else
   5874       rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
   5875   #endif
   5876       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
   5877 
   5878       /* If this transaction has made the database smaller, then all pages
   5879       ** being discarded by the truncation must be written to the journal
   5880       ** file. This can only happen in auto-vacuum mode.
   5881       **
   5882       ** Before reading the pages with page numbers larger than the
   5883       ** current value of Pager.dbSize, set dbSize back to the value
   5884       ** that it took at the start of the transaction. Otherwise, the
   5885       ** calls to sqlite3PagerGet() return zeroed pages instead of
   5886       ** reading data from the database file.
   5887       */
   5888   #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
   5889       if( pPager->dbSize<pPager->dbOrigSize
   5890        && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
   5891       ){
   5892         Pgno i;                                   /* Iterator variable */
   5893         const Pgno iSkip = PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager); /* Pending lock page */
   5894         const Pgno dbSize = pPager->dbSize;       /* Database image size */
   5895         pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
   5896         for( i=dbSize+1; i<=pPager->dbOrigSize; i++ ){
   5897           if( !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, i) && i!=iSkip ){
   5898             PgHdr *pPage;             /* Page to journal */
   5899             rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, i, &pPage);
   5900             if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
   5901             rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage);
   5902             sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
   5903             if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
   5904           }
   5905         }
   5906         pPager->dbSize = dbSize;
   5907       }
   5908   #endif
   5909 
   5910       /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master
   5911       ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file,
   5912       ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op.
   5913       */
   5914       rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
   5915       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
   5916 
   5917       /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database.
   5918       ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not
   5919       ** create the journal file or perform any real IO.
   5920       **
   5921       ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the
   5922       ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the
   5923       ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
   5924       ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is
   5925       ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
   5926       ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow.
   5927       */
   5928       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0);
   5929       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
   5930 
   5931       rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache));
   5932       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   5933         assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
   5934         goto commit_phase_one_exit;
   5935       }
   5936       sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
   5937 
   5938       /* If the file on disk is not the same size as the database image,
   5939       ** then use pager_truncate to grow or shrink the file here.
   5940       */
   5941       if( pPager->dbSize!=pPager->dbFileSize ){
   5942         Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
   5943         assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
   5944         rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew);
   5945         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
   5946       }
   5947 
   5948       /* Finally, sync the database file. */
   5949       if( !noSync ){
   5950         rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager);
   5951       }
   5952       IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
   5953     }
   5954   }
   5955 
   5956 commit_phase_one_exit:
   5957   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
   5958     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED;
   5959   }
   5960   return rc;
   5961 }
   5962 
   5963 
   5964 /*
   5965 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
   5966 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
   5967 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system
   5968 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
   5969 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
   5970 **
   5971 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting,
   5972 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used
   5973 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
   5974 ** irrevocably committed.
   5975 **
   5976 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager
   5977 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
   5978 */
   5979 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){
   5980   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
   5981 
   5982   /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred.
   5983   ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get
   5984   ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */
   5985   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
   5986 
   5987   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
   5988        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
   5989        || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD)
   5990   );
   5991   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
   5992 
   5993   /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during
   5994   ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
   5995   ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op.
   5996   **
   5997   ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal
   5998   ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as
   5999   ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made
   6000   ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal
   6001   ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
   6002   ** to drop any locks either.
   6003   */
   6004   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
   6005    && pPager->exclusiveMode
   6006    && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
   6007   ){
   6008     assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff );
   6009     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
   6010     return SQLITE_OK;
   6011   }
   6012 
   6013   PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
   6014   rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster);
   6015   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
   6016 }
   6017 
   6018 /*
   6019 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the
   6020 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed.
   6021 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR
   6022 ** state if an error occurs.
   6023 **
   6024 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called,
   6025 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case.
   6026 **
   6027 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions:
   6028 **
   6029 **   1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and
   6030 **      in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
   6031 **      was opened, and
   6032 **
   6033 **   2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
   6034 **      rollback at any point in the future.
   6035 **
   6036 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the
   6037 ** rollback is successful.
   6038 **
   6039 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the
   6040 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to
   6041 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or
   6042 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed.
   6043 */
   6044 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){
   6045   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
   6046   PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
   6047 
   6048   /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If
   6049   ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not
   6050   ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller.
   6051   */
   6052   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
   6053   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode;
   6054   if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK;
   6055 
   6056   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
   6057     int rc2;
   6058     rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1);
   6059     rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster);
   6060     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
   6061   }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
   6062     int eState = pPager->eState;
   6063     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0);
   6064     if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
   6065       /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error
   6066       ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted.
   6067       ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT.
   6068       */
   6069       pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
   6070       pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
   6071       return rc;
   6072     }
   6073   }else{
   6074     rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
   6075   }
   6076 
   6077   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
   6078   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR );
   6079 
   6080   /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
   6081   ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent.
   6082   */
   6083   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
   6084 }
   6085 
   6086 /*
   6087 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only.  Return FALSE
   6088 ** if the database is (in theory) writable.
   6089 */
   6090 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){
   6091   return pPager->readOnly;
   6092 }
   6093 
   6094 /*
   6095 ** Return the number of references to the pager.
   6096 */
   6097 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){
   6098   return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
   6099 }
   6100 
   6101 /*
   6102 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently
   6103 ** used by the pager and its associated cache.
   6104 */
   6105 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){
   6106   int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr)
   6107                                      + 5*sizeof(void*);
   6108   return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)
   6109            + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager)
   6110            + pPager->pageSize;
   6111 }
   6112 
   6113 /*
   6114 ** Return the number of references to the specified page.
   6115 */
   6116 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){
   6117   return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage);
   6118 }
   6119 
   6120 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
   6121 /*
   6122 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
   6123 */
   6124 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){
   6125   static int a[11];
   6126   a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
   6127   a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache);
   6128   a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
   6129   a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize;
   6130   a[4] = pPager->eState;
   6131   a[5] = pPager->errCode;
   6132   a[6] = pPager->nHit;
   6133   a[7] = pPager->nMiss;
   6134   a[8] = 0;  /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
   6135   a[9] = pPager->nRead;
   6136   a[10] = pPager->nWrite;
   6137   return a;
   6138 }
   6139 #endif
   6140 
   6141 /*
   6142 ** Return true if this is an in-memory pager.
   6143 */
   6144 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
   6145   return MEMDB;
   6146 }
   6147 
   6148 /*
   6149 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are
   6150 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints
   6151 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
   6152 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
   6153 **
   6154 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error
   6155 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is
   6156 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
   6157 */
   6158 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
   6159   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                       /* Return code */
   6160   int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint;        /* Current number of savepoints */
   6161 
   6162   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
   6163   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
   6164 
   6165   if( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal ){
   6166     int ii;                                 /* Iterator variable */
   6167     PagerSavepoint *aNew;                   /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */
   6168 
   6169     /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
   6170     ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a
   6171     ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
   6172     */
   6173     aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc(
   6174         pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint
   6175     );
   6176     if( !aNew ){
   6177       return SQLITE_NOMEM;
   6178     }
   6179     memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint));
   6180     pPager->aSavepoint = aNew;
   6181 
   6182     /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */
   6183     for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){
   6184       aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize;
   6185       if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){
   6186         aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff;
   6187       }else{
   6188         aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
   6189       }
   6190       aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec;
   6191       aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
   6192       if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){
   6193         return SQLITE_NOMEM;
   6194       }
   6195       if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
   6196         sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData);
   6197       }
   6198       pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1;
   6199     }
   6200     assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint );
   6201     assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
   6202   }
   6203 
   6204   return rc;
   6205 }
   6206 
   6207 /*
   6208 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
   6209 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently
   6210 ** created savepoint.
   6211 **
   6212 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
   6213 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with
   6214 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
   6215 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created.
   6216 **
   6217 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter
   6218 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
   6219 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
   6220 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
   6221 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
   6222 **
   6223 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
   6224 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling
   6225 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
   6226 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the
   6227 ** contents of the database to its original state.
   6228 **
   6229 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint
   6230 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
   6231 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
   6232 **
   6233 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
   6234 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a
   6235 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
   6236 */
   6237 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){
   6238   int rc = pPager->errCode;       /* Return code */
   6239 
   6240   assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
   6241   assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
   6242 
   6243   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){
   6244     int ii;            /* Iterator variable */
   6245     int nNew;          /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
   6246 
   6247     /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
   6248     ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated
   6249     ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
   6250     */
   6251     nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1);
   6252     for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
   6253       sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
   6254     }
   6255     pPager->nSavepoint = nNew;
   6256 
   6257     /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate
   6258     ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */
   6259     if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
   6260       if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
   6261         /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */
   6262         if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){
   6263           rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0);
   6264           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
   6265         }
   6266         pPager->nSubRec = 0;
   6267       }
   6268     }
   6269     /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint.
   6270     ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has
   6271     ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to
   6272     ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped.
   6273     */
   6274     else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
   6275       PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1];
   6276       rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint);
   6277       assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE);
   6278     }
   6279   }
   6280 
   6281   return rc;
   6282 }
   6283 
   6284 /*
   6285 ** Return the full pathname of the database file.
   6286 */
   6287 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager){
   6288   return pPager->zFilename;
   6289 }
   6290 
   6291 /*
   6292 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
   6293 */
   6294 const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){
   6295   return pPager->pVfs;
   6296 }
   6297 
   6298 /*
   6299 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated
   6300 ** with the pager.  This might return NULL if the file has
   6301 ** not yet been opened.
   6302 */
   6303 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){
   6304   return pPager->fd;
   6305 }
   6306 
   6307 /*
   6308 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
   6309 */
   6310 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){
   6311   return pPager->zJournal;
   6312 }
   6313 
   6314 /*
   6315 ** Return true if fsync() calls are disabled for this pager.  Return FALSE
   6316 ** if fsync()s are executed normally.
   6317 */
   6318 int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager *pPager){
   6319   return pPager->noSync;
   6320 }
   6321 
   6322 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
   6323 /*
   6324 ** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager
   6325 */
   6326 void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(
   6327   Pager *pPager,
   6328   void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),
   6329   void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int),
   6330   void (*xCodecFree)(void*),
   6331   void *pCodec
   6332 ){
   6333   if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
   6334   pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec;
   6335   pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng;
   6336   pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree;
   6337   pPager->pCodec = pCodec;
   6338   pagerReportSize(pPager);
   6339 }
   6340 void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){
   6341   return pPager->pCodec;
   6342 }
   6343 #endif
   6344 
   6345 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
   6346 /*
   6347 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
   6348 **
   6349 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at
   6350 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
   6351 ** in cache.  If the page previously located at pgno is not already
   6352 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
   6353 **
   6354 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
   6355 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
   6356 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
   6357 **
   6358 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
   6359 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
   6360 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
   6361 ** transaction is active).
   6362 **
   6363 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
   6364 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction
   6365 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page
   6366 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
   6367 **
   6368 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
   6369 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK.
   6370 */
   6371 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){
   6372   PgHdr *pPgOld;               /* The page being overwritten. */
   6373   Pgno needSyncPgno = 0;       /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */
   6374   int rc;                      /* Return code */
   6375   Pgno origPgno;               /* The original page number */
   6376 
   6377   assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
   6378   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
   6379        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
   6380   );
   6381   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
   6382 
   6383   /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal
   6384   ** the page we are moving from.
   6385   */
   6386   if( MEMDB ){
   6387     rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
   6388     if( rc ) return rc;
   6389   }
   6390 
   6391   /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
   6392   ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the
   6393   ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
   6394   **
   6395   **   BEGIN;
   6396   **     <journal page X, then modify it in memory>
   6397   **     SAVEPOINT one;
   6398   **       <Move page X to location Y>
   6399   **     ROLLBACK TO one;
   6400   **
   6401   ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not
   6402   ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one"
   6403   ** statement were is processed.
   6404   **
   6405   ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into
   6406   ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function
   6407   ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM.
   6408   */
   6409   if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY
   6410    && subjRequiresPage(pPg)
   6411    && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPage(pPg))
   6412   ){
   6413     return rc;
   6414   }
   6415 
   6416   PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n",
   6417       PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno));
   6418   IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))
   6419 
   6420   /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
   6421   ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
   6422   **
   6423   ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
   6424   ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno
   6425   ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
   6426   */
   6427   if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){
   6428     needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno;
   6429     assert( pageInJournal(pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize );
   6430     assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
   6431   }
   6432 
   6433   /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
   6434   ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for
   6435   ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained
   6436   ** for the page moved there.
   6437   */
   6438   pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
   6439   pPgOld = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
   6440   assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 );
   6441   if( pPgOld ){
   6442     pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
   6443     if( MEMDB ){
   6444       /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
   6445       ** need to rollback later.  Just move the page out of the way. */
   6446       sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1);
   6447     }else{
   6448       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld);
   6449     }
   6450   }
   6451 
   6452   origPgno = pPg->pgno;
   6453   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno);
   6454   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
   6455 
   6456   /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues
   6457   ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back.  Use pPgOld
   6458   ** as the original page since it has already been allocated.
   6459   */
   6460   if( MEMDB ){
   6461     assert( pPgOld );
   6462     sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno);
   6463     sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgOld);
   6464   }
   6465 
   6466   if( needSyncPgno ){
   6467     /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be
   6468     ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
   6469     ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the
   6470     ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
   6471     ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
   6472     ** flag.
   6473     **
   6474     ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
   6475     ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
   6476     ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
   6477     ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
   6478     ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
   6479     ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
   6480     */
   6481     PgHdr *pPgHdr;
   6482     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr);
   6483     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   6484       if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
   6485         assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 );
   6486         sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace);
   6487       }
   6488       return rc;
   6489     }
   6490     pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
   6491     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr);
   6492     sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
   6493   }
   6494 
   6495   return SQLITE_OK;
   6496 }
   6497 #endif
   6498 
   6499 /* Begin preload-cache.patch for Chromium */
   6500 #if 1
   6501 /* NOTE(shess): Testing to see if simply reading the data into the
   6502  * filesystem buffers will have the positive speed impact without the
   6503  * negative memory impact.
   6504  */
   6505 int sqlite3PagerLoadall(Pager* pPager)
   6506 {
   6507   int i, pageSize, loadPages, rc;
   6508   unsigned char *fileData;
   6509 
   6510   /* TODO(shess): This test may not be relevant for this
   6511    * implementation, but keep the invariant consistent.
   6512    */
   6513   pageSize = pPager->pageSize;
   6514   if (pPager->dbSize < 0 || pageSize < 0) {
   6515     /* pager not initialized, this means a statement is not open */
   6516     return SQLITE_MISUSE;
   6517   }
   6518 
   6519   /* Allocate a buffer to read pages into. */
   6520   /* TODO(shess): No need to read by page, this could be a fixed-size
   6521    * buffer on stack.
   6522    */
   6523   fileData = sqlite3Malloc(pageSize);
   6524   if (!fileData)
   6525     return SQLITE_NOMEM;
   6526 
   6527   /* Load the smaller of the entire cache or the entire database. */
   6528   loadPages = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
   6529   if (loadPages > pPager->dbSize)
   6530     loadPages = pPager->dbSize;
   6531 
   6532   /* Read database page by page. */
   6533   rc = SQLITE_OK;
   6534   for(i=0; i < loadPages; i++) {
   6535     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, fileData, pageSize, i*pageSize);
   6536     if (rc != SQLITE_OK)
   6537       break;
   6538   }
   6539   sqlite3_free(fileData);
   6540   return rc;
   6541 }
   6542 #else
   6543 /**
   6544 ** When making large allocations, there is no need to stress the heap and
   6545 ** potentially hold its lock while we allocate a bunch of memory.  If we know
   6546 ** the allocation will be large, go directly to the OS instead of the heap.
   6547 **/
   6548 static void* allocLarge(size_t size) {
   6549 #if SQLITE_OS_WIN
   6550   return VirtualAlloc(NULL, size, MEM_COMMIT | MEM_RESERVE, PAGE_READWRITE);
   6551 #else
   6552   return sqlite3Malloc(size);
   6553 #endif
   6554 }
   6555 
   6556 static void freeLarge(void* ptr) {
   6557 #if SQLITE_OS_WIN
   6558   VirtualFree(ptr, 0, MEM_RELEASE);
   6559 #else
   6560   sqlite3_free(ptr);
   6561 #endif
   6562 }
   6563 
   6564 /**
   6565 ** Addition: This will attempt to populate the database cache with
   6566 ** the first N bytes of the file, where N is the total size of the cache.
   6567 ** Because we can load this as one chunk from the disk, this is much faster
   6568 ** than loading a subset of the pages one at a time in random order.
   6569 **
   6570 ** The pager must be initialized before this function is called. This means a
   6571 * statement must be open that has initialized the pager and is keeping the
   6572 ** cache in memory.
   6573 **/
   6574 int sqlite3PagerLoadall(Pager* pPager)
   6575 {
   6576   int i;
   6577   int rc;
   6578   int nMax;
   6579   int loadSize;
   6580   int loadPages;
   6581   unsigned char *fileData;
   6582 
   6583   if (pPager->dbSize < 0 || pPager->pageSize < 0) {
   6584     /* pager not initialized, this means a statement is not open */
   6585     return SQLITE_MISUSE;
   6586   }
   6587 
   6588   /* compute sizes */
   6589   nMax = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
   6590   if (nMax < pPager->dbSize)
   6591     loadPages = nMax;
   6592   else
   6593     loadPages = pPager->dbSize;
   6594   loadSize = loadPages * pPager->pageSize;
   6595 
   6596   /* load the file as one chunk */
   6597   fileData = allocLarge(loadSize);
   6598   if (! fileData)
   6599     return SQLITE_NOMEM;
   6600   rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, fileData, loadSize, 0);
   6601   if (rc != SQLITE_OK) {
   6602     freeLarge(fileData);
   6603     return rc;
   6604   }
   6605 
   6606   /* Copy the data to each page. Note that the page numbers we pass to _get
   6607    * are one-based, 0 is a marker for no page. We also need to check that we
   6608    * haven't loaded more pages than the cache can hold total. There may have
   6609    * already been a few pages loaded before, so we may fill the cache before
   6610    * loading all of the pages we want to.
   6611    */
   6612   for(i=1;
   6613       i <= loadPages && sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache) < nMax;
   6614       i++) {
   6615     DbPage *pPage = 0;
   6616     rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire2(pPager, i, &pPage, 0,
   6617                               &fileData[(i-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize]);
   6618     if (rc != SQLITE_OK)
   6619       break;
   6620     sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
   6621   }
   6622   freeLarge(fileData);
   6623   return SQLITE_OK;
   6624 }
   6625 #endif
   6626 /* End preload-cache.patch for Chromium */
   6627 
   6628 /*
   6629 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
   6630 */
   6631 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){
   6632   assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb );
   6633   return pPg->pData;
   6634 }
   6635 
   6636 /*
   6637 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space
   6638 ** allocated along with the specified page.
   6639 */
   6640 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
   6641   return pPg->pExtra;
   6642 }
   6643 
   6644 /*
   6645 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
   6646 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
   6647 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
   6648 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
   6649 **
   6650 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
   6651 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
   6652 ** locking-mode.
   6653 */
   6654 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
   6655   assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
   6656             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
   6657             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
   6658   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 );
   6659   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 );
   6660   assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) );
   6661   if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){
   6662     pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode;
   6663   }
   6664   return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode;
   6665 }
   6666 
   6667 /*
   6668 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
   6669 **
   6670 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
   6671 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
   6672 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
   6673 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
   6674 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
   6675 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
   6676 **
   6677 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed.
   6678 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons:
   6679 **
   6680 **   *  An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF
   6681 **      or _MEMORY.
   6682 **
   6683 **   *  Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode.
   6684 **
   6685 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
   6686 */
   6687 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
   6688   u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode;    /* Prior journalmode */
   6689 
   6690 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
   6691   /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger
   6692   ** only.  We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */
   6693   print_pager_state(pPager);
   6694 #endif
   6695 
   6696 
   6697   /* The eMode parameter is always valid */
   6698   assert(      eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
   6699             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
   6700             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
   6701             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
   6702             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
   6703             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
   6704 
   6705   /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and
   6706   ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed
   6707   ** to WAL mode.
   6708   */
   6709   assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
   6710 
   6711   /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to
   6712   ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF
   6713   */
   6714   if( MEMDB ){
   6715     assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
   6716     if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
   6717       eMode = eOld;
   6718     }
   6719   }
   6720 
   6721   if( eMode!=eOld ){
   6722 
   6723     /* Change the journal mode. */
   6724     assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
   6725     pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode;
   6726 
   6727     /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal
   6728     ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode,
   6729     ** delete the journal file.
   6730     */
   6731     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
   6732     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 );
   6733     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 );
   6734     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 );
   6735     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 );
   6736     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 );
   6737 
   6738     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode );
   6739     if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){
   6740 
   6741       /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is
   6742       ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file
   6743       ** here is an optimization only.
   6744       **
   6745       ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the
   6746       ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted
   6747       ** while it is in use by some other client.
   6748       */
   6749       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
   6750       if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
   6751         sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
   6752       }else{
   6753         int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   6754         int state = pPager->eState;
   6755         assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER );
   6756         if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
   6757           rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager);
   6758         }
   6759         if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){
   6760           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
   6761           rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
   6762         }
   6763         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   6764           sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
   6765         }
   6766         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){
   6767           pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
   6768         }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
   6769           pager_unlock(pPager);
   6770         }
   6771         assert( state==pPager->eState );
   6772       }
   6773     }
   6774   }
   6775 
   6776   /* Return the new journal mode */
   6777   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
   6778 }
   6779 
   6780 /*
   6781 ** Return the current journal mode.
   6782 */
   6783 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
   6784   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
   6785 }
   6786 
   6787 /*
   6788 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the
   6789 ** journalmode.  Journalmode changes can only happen when the database
   6790 ** is unmodified.
   6791 */
   6792 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
   6793   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
   6794   if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0;
   6795   if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0;
   6796   return 1;
   6797 }
   6798 
   6799 /*
   6800 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
   6801 **
   6802 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced.
   6803 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op.
   6804 */
   6805 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){
   6806   if( iLimit>=-1 ){
   6807     pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit;
   6808   }
   6809   return pPager->journalSizeLimit;
   6810 }
   6811 
   6812 /*
   6813 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module
   6814 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module
   6815 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and
   6816 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only.
   6817 */
   6818 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){
   6819   return &pPager->pBackup;
   6820 }
   6821 
   6822 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
   6823 /*
   6824 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint",
   6825 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
   6826 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions.
   6827 **
   6828 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
   6829 */
   6830 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){
   6831   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   6832   if( pPager->pWal ){
   6833     rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, eMode,
   6834         pPager->xBusyHandler, pPager->pBusyHandlerArg,
   6835         pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace,
   6836         pnLog, pnCkpt
   6837     );
   6838   }
   6839   return rc;
   6840 }
   6841 
   6842 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){
   6843   return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal);
   6844 }
   6845 
   6846 /*
   6847 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the
   6848 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging.
   6849 */
   6850 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){
   6851   const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods;
   6852   return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap);
   6853 }
   6854 
   6855 /*
   6856 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock
   6857 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it.
   6858 */
   6859 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
   6860   int rc;                         /* Return code */
   6861 
   6862   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
   6863   rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
   6864   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   6865     /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the
   6866     ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead.  */
   6867     pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
   6868   }
   6869 
   6870   return rc;
   6871 }
   6872 
   6873 /*
   6874 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in
   6875 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE
   6876 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index
   6877 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory.
   6878 */
   6879 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){
   6880   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   6881 
   6882   assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 );
   6883   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK || pPager->noReadlock);
   6884 
   6885   /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use
   6886   ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory
   6887   ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL
   6888   ** file, to make sure this is safe.
   6889   */
   6890   if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){
   6891     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
   6892   }
   6893 
   6894   /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails,
   6895   ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code.
   6896   */
   6897   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   6898     rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs,
   6899         pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode, &pPager->pWal
   6900     );
   6901   }
   6902 
   6903   return rc;
   6904 }
   6905 
   6906 
   6907 /*
   6908 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call
   6909 ** this function.
   6910 **
   6911 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database
   6912 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file
   6913 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful,
   6914 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does
   6915 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is
   6916 ** not modified in either case.
   6917 **
   6918 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if
   6919 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK
   6920 ** without doing anything.
   6921 */
   6922 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(
   6923   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
   6924   int *pbOpen                     /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */
   6925 ){
   6926   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
   6927 
   6928   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
   6929   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN   || pbOpen );
   6930   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen );
   6931   assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 );
   6932   assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) );
   6933 
   6934   if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){
   6935     if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
   6936 
   6937     /* Close any rollback journal previously open */
   6938     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
   6939 
   6940     rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
   6941     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   6942       pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL;
   6943       pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
   6944     }
   6945   }else{
   6946     *pbOpen = 1;
   6947   }
   6948 
   6949   return rc;
   6950 }
   6951 
   6952 /*
   6953 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior
   6954 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
   6955 **
   6956 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an
   6957 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
   6958 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
   6959 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
   6960 */
   6961 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager){
   6962   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   6963 
   6964   assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
   6965 
   6966   /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system,
   6967   ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to
   6968   ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen.
   6969   */
   6970   if( !pPager->pWal ){
   6971     int logexists = 0;
   6972     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
   6973     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   6974       rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
   6975           pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists
   6976       );
   6977     }
   6978     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){
   6979       rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
   6980     }
   6981   }
   6982 
   6983   /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
   6984   ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
   6985   */
   6986   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){
   6987     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
   6988     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   6989       rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags,
   6990                            pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace);
   6991       pPager->pWal = 0;
   6992     }
   6993   }
   6994   return rc;
   6995 }
   6996 
   6997 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
   6998 /*
   6999 ** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content
   7000 ** into the log file.
   7001 **
   7002 ** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted
   7003 ** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL.
   7004 */
   7005 void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){
   7006   void *aData = 0;
   7007   CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData);
   7008   return aData;
   7009 }
   7010 #endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
   7011 
   7012 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
   7013 
   7014 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
   7015